Upload
others
View
21
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Mathematical Methods
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. Which of the following is INCORRECT for the matrix0 1
1 0M
(a) It is its own inverse (b) It is its own transpose
(c) It is non-orthogonal (d) It has eigen values ± 1
Ans. : (c)
Solution: The inverse of the given matrix is 1 0 11
1 0M
M
0 1 0 11
1 0 1 01M
Thus the given matrix is its own inverse.
The transpose of M is, 0 1
1 0TM M
The given matrix is orthogonal as each row vector is a unit vector and the two rows are
orthogonal.
The eigenvalues of orthogonal matrix are 1 or 1 . For the given matrix
1 2 10 1 and 2 1
Thus option (c) is correct option.
Q2. A periodic function can be expressed in a Fourier series of the form,
0
sincosn
nn nxbnxaxf . The functions 21 cosf x x and 2
2 sinf x x are
expanded in their respective Fourier series. If the coefficients for the first series are 1na
and 1nb , and the coefficients for the second series are 2
na and 2nb , respectively, then
which of the following is correct?
(a)
2
1
2
1 22
12
banda (b)
2
1
2
1 22
12
aandb
(c)
2
1
2
1 22
12
aanda (d)
2
1
2
1 22
12
bandb
Ans. : (c)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
Solution: 1
1 1cos 2
2 2f x x and 2
1 1cos 2
2 2f x x
Hence, 12
1
2a and 2
2
1
2a
All the nb ’s of each of the series are zero. As there is no sine terms in any of the two
given functions.
Thus the correct option is (c).
IIT-JAM 2006
Q3. The symmertric part of 2a
P a bb
is
(a)
2112
2
2
bbabaa (b)
22
bbbaa
(c) 2
1 1
1
a a b a
b a b
(d) 2
2 1
1
a a b a
b a b
Ans. : (d)
Solution: The given matrix can be written as 2
22
2
a a abaP a b
b a bb
The transpose of P is,
2
2 2T a a b aP
a b b
Hence the symmetric part of P is,
2
2 2 2 21
2 2 2 2 2
T a a ab bP P
ab b b
2
2 1
1
a a b a
b a b
Hence the correct option is (d).
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
IIT-JAM 2007
Q4. 5 7
157 3
xx y
y
The matrix equation of above represents
(a) a circle of radius 15 (b) an ellipse of semi major axis 5
(c) an ellipse of semi major axis 5 (d) a hyperbola
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 5 7
157 3
xx y
y
5 715
7 3
x yx y
x y
2 25 7 7 3 15x xy xy y 2 25 3 15x y 2 2
13 5
x y
Thus the given equation represents an ellipse with semi-major axis 5 .
Q5. f x is a periodic function of x with a period of 2 . In the interval ,x f x
is given by
xx
xxf
0,sin
0,0
In the expansion of f x as a Fourier series of sine and cosine functions, the coefficient
of cos 2x is
(a) 32
(b) 1
(c) 0 (d) 32
Ans. : (d)
Solution: The coefficients of cos 2x is 2a .
Thus, 0
2
0
10 cos 2 sin cos 2a xdx x xdx
2
0
1sin 3 sin
2a x x dx
0
1 cos3cos
2 3
xx
1 cos3 1
cos 12 3 3
x
1 1 1 21 1
2 3 3 3
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
IIT-JAM 2008
Q6. The product PQ of any two real, symmetric matrices P and Q is
(a) symmetric for all P and Q (b) never symmetric
(c) symmetric, if PQ QP (d) anti-symmetric for all P and Q
Ans. : (c)
Solution: A matrix is symmetric, if its transpose is equal to the matrix itself.
Hence for the matrix PQ , T T TPQ Q P (since T T TAB B A )
Since, Q and P are symmetric matrices; ,T TQ Q P P
Hence, TPQ QP
It is easily seen that TPQ will be equal to PQ , only if QP PQ . Hence (c) is correct
option.
Q7. The work done by a force in moving a particle of mass m from any point ,x y to a
neighboring point ,x dx y dy is given by 22dW xydx x dy . The work done for a
complete cycle around a unit circle is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 2
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Let us write the co-ordinates x and y as,
1 cos , 1 sinx y cos and sinx y .
Thus, sindx d and cosdy d
Thus, the given work dW can be written as,
22 cos sin sin cos cosdW d d
2 32sin cos cosd d
Thus the total work done along the complete circle is
2 2
2 3
0 0
2 sin cos cosW d d
It can be easily checked that the value of each of these integrals is 0 . Hence, the correct
option is (a).
1r ,x y
unit circle
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
IIT-JAM 2009
Q8. In the Fourier series of the periodic function (shown in the figure)
0
sincos
sin
nnn nxnx
xxf
Which of the following coefficients are non-zero?
(a) n for odd n (b) n for even n
(c) n for odd n (d) n for even n
Ans. : (b)
Solution: The given function is an even function (assuming the basic interval of definition to be
symmetric about the origin)
Hence, all the nB s are 0 .
0
2sin cosn x nx dx
0
2sin cosx nx dx
0
2sin 1 sin 1
2n x n x dx
0
cos 1 cos 11
1 1
n x n x
n n
For odd n ,
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1n n n n n
0n , for odd n .
For even n ,
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1n n n n n
2 1 1
1 1n n n
2
2 1 1
1
n n
n
2
4
1n
Thus for even n , n is nonzero. Hence the correct option is (b).
2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
IIT-JAM 2010
Q9. A matrix is given by11
12
iM
i
. The eigenvalues of M are
(a) real and positive (b) purely imaginary with modulus 1
(c) complex with modulus 1 (d) real and negative
Ans. : (c)
Solution: We know that if is an eigenvalue of matrix A , then k is the eigenvalue of matrix
kA . Hence Let as evaluate the eigenvalue of matrix
1
1
iM
i
For the calculation of eigenvalues
1
01
i
i
2
1 0 1i i
1, 1i i
Thus the eigenvalues of the given matrix M are
1
1 1 11
2 2 2i i and 2
1 1 11
2 2 2i i
We see that 1 2 1 . Thus the correct option is (c).
Q10. The equation of a surface of revolution is 22
2
3
2
3yxz . The unit vector normal to
the surface at the point
1,0,
3
2A is
(a) ki ˆ10
2ˆ5
3 (b) ki ˆ
10
2ˆ5
3 (c) ki ˆ
5
2ˆ5
3 (d) ki ˆ
10
2ˆ10
3
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 23 3 3 33 3 2 0
2 2 2 2z x y z x y x y z
Let 2 2 23 3 2V x y z , taking gradient ˆ ˆ ˆ6 6 4V xx yy zz
.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
The unit normal to the surface at the point 2
,0,13
A
is ˆV
nV
. Thus
2 2ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆ6 6 0 4 1 6 4
3 23 3ˆ ˆ ˆ52 40 10
36 163
x y z x zn x z
IIT-JAM 2011
Q11. The line integral B
A
ldF
, where yyx
yx
yx
xF ˆˆ
2222
, along the semi-circular path as
shown in the figure below is
(a) -2 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 4
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2 2 1x y xdx ydy and ˆ ˆdl dxx dyy
2 2 2 2. 0
xdx ydyF dl
x y x y
0
B
A
F dl
xdx ydy
Q12. Given two n n matrices P and Q such that P is Hermitian and Q is skew (anti)-
Hermitian. Which one of the following combinations of P and Q is necessarily a
Hermitian matrix?
(a) QP ˆˆ (b) QPi ˆˆ (c) QiP ˆˆ (d) QP ˆˆ
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Any matrix is hermitian if its conjugate transpose is equal to the matrix itself.
For, ˆPQ , we have * * *ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆ ˆPQ Q P Q P QP
Thus, ˆPQ is not hermitian.
For matrix ˆˆiPQ , we have *ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆ ˆiPQ i PQ i Q P iQP
x 1,0B 1,0A
y
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Thus, ˆˆiPQ is not hermitian.
For matrix ˆP iQ , we have
* **ˆ ˆˆ ˆP iQ P iQ *ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆP i Q P i Q P iQ
Thus ˆP iQ is hermitian.
For ˆP Q , we have * **ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆP Q P Q P Q
Thus, ˆP Q is not hermitian.
Note: In this question “*” symbol has been used to denote the conjugate transpose of a
matrix.
IIT-JAM 2012
Q13. If F
is a constant vector and r
is the position vector then rF would be
(a) Fr
(b) F
(c) rF
(d) Fr
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Let 0 ˆ ˆ ˆF F x y z
and ˆ ˆ ˆr xx yy zz
0.F r F x y z
.
Thus 0 ˆ ˆ ˆF r F x y z F
IIT-JAM 2013
Q14. The inverse of the matrix
001
100
110
M is
(a) IM (b) IM 2 (c) 2MI (d) MI
where I is the identity matrix.
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Given
0 1 1
0 0 1
1 0 0
M
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
The characteristics equation is,
1 1
0 1 0
1 0
2 0 1 1 0 3 31 0 1 0
Thus the cayley-Hamilton theorem gives
3 0M M I
Multiply both sides by 1M gives
2 1 1 20M I M M M I . Thus option (b) is correct option.
Q15. The value of ii , where ,1i is
(a) 0 (b) 2
1 (c) 2 (d) 2
Ans.: (a)
Solution: i i i i
i ii i
2 2 2i i i i
i i
0i i i i
i i i i
Q16. The solution of the differential equation 0,,, dyyxyzdxyxxzyxdz is………
Ans.: 2 2 / 2x yCe
Given differential equation can be written as,
, , 0dz x y z x y xdx ydy dz
xdx ydyz
Integrating both sides gives
2 2
ln ln2 2
x yz c
2 2
ln2
x yz
c
2 2 / 2x yze
c
2 2 / 2x y
z ce
.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
Q17. Given that ,11,11 ff and ,11" f the value of 21f is …………..
Ans.: 0.606
Solution: Let xf x ke
In order to satisfy each of the three given conditions 1
ke
.
Thus xe
f xe
Hence, 1/ 2 1
1/ 2 0.606e
fe e
.
IIT-JAM 2014
Q18. For vectors kjibkja ˆ5ˆ3ˆ2,ˆˆ
and kjc ˆˆ
, the vector product cba
is
(a) in the same direction as c
(b) in the direction opposite to c
(c) in the same direction as b
(d) in the direction opposite to b
Ans.: (a) ˆˆ ˆ
ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ2 3 5 3 5 2 0 2 0 2 2 2
0 1 1
i j k
b c i j k i j k
ˆˆ ˆ
ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆ0 1 1 2 2 0 2 0 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
i j k
a b c i j k j k c
Q19. The value of
0
sinn
n nr for r = 0.5 and 3
is
(a) 3
1 (b)
3
2 (c)
2
3 (d) 3
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 2 3
0
sin 0 sin sin 2 sin 3n
n
r n r r r
Let, cos siniZ re r i
2 2 2 2 cos 2 sin 2iZ r e r i and so on.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
Thus, we can see,
0 0
sin Img part ofn n
n n
r n z
0 1 1
in
in
z rez
z re
/ 3
/3/ 2
/ 2
12
i
i
e
e
0 0
0 0
1/ 2 cos 60 sin 60
11 cos 60 sin 60
2
i
i
1 3 1 31/ 22 2 4 4
3 31 1 31
4 42 2 2
i i
ii
1 3 3 31 3
3 3 3 3 3 3
i ii
i i i
0
3 3 3 3 3 4 3
12 12 12n
n
i i iz
Thus, 0
1sin
3n
n
r n
Q20. If the surface integral of the field kzjyixzyxA ˆ3ˆˆ2,,
over the closed
surface of an arbitrary unit sphere is to be zero, then the relationship between , and
is
(a) 06/ (b) 02/6/3/
(c) 03/2/ (d) 0/3/1/2
Ans.: (b)
Solution: It is given that . 0S
A da 0
V
A d
(From Divergence Theorem)
. 0 2 3 0 03 6 2V
A d
Q21. The line integral ldA
of a vector field 2
1 ˆ ˆ,A x y yi xjr
where 2 2 2r x y is
taken around a square (see figure) of side of unit length and centered at 00 , yx with
2
10 x and .
2
10 y If the value of the integral is L, then
00 , yx
x
y
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
(a) L depends on 00 , yx
(b) L is independent of 00 , yx and its value is -1
(c) L is independent of 00 , yx and its value is 0
(d) L is independent of 00 , yx and its value is 2
Ans.: (c)
Solution:
2 2 2 2
ˆ ˆ ˆ
0
x y z
Ax y z
y x
x y x y
2 2 2 2ˆ ˆ ˆ= 0 0 0 0
x yx y z
x x y y x y
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2
2 2ˆ ˆ 0
x y x x x y y y y x x yA z z
x y x y x y
Thus, 0A dl
.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
IIT-JAM 2015
Q22. Consider the coordinate transformation2
,2
yxy
yxx
. The relation between the
area elements ydxd and dxdy is given by jdxdyydxd . The value of j is (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 2
Ans.: (c)
Solution: ,2 2
x y x yx y
dx dy J dxdy
1 1
1 12 21
1 1 2 2
2 2
x x
x yJ
y y
x y
Q23. The trace of a 22 matrix is 4 and its determinant is 8 . If one of the eigenvalues is
i12 , the other eigenvalue is
(a) i12 (b) i12 (c) 1 2i (d) 1 2i
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 1 2 1 22 2 , 2 1 4i i and 1 2 8
Q24. Consider a vector field 3 ˆˆ ˆF yi xz j zyk
. Let C be the circle 422 yx on the
plane 2z , oriented counter-clockwise. The value of the contour integral CF d r is
(a) 28 (b) 4 (c) 4 (d) 28
Ans.: (a)
Solution: . .C S
F dr F da
3
ˆ ˆ ˆ
/ / /
x y z
F x y z
y xz zy
3 3
ˆ ˆ ˆxz xzyz zyy y
F x y zy z z x x y
2 3ˆ ˆ ˆ3 0 0 1F x z xz y z z
x
y
2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
ˆ ˆ2 2 12 7z F x x z
ˆda rdrd z
ˆ ˆ ˆ. 2 12 7 . 7F da x x z rdrd z rdrd
2 2
0 0
. 7 28S
F da rdr d
Q25. Consider the equation x
y
dx
dy 2
with the boundary condition 11 y . Out of the following
the range of x in which y is real and finite is
(a) 3 x (b) 03 x (c) 30 x (d) x3
Ans.: (d)
Solution: x
y
dx
dy 2
2
1ln
dy dxx C
y x y
11 y1
ln1 11
C C 1
ln 1xy
1
1 lny
x
At 0,x y and ln x is not defined for negative values of x .
Thus, correct option is (d).
Q26. The Fourier series for an arbitrary periodic function with period L2 , is given by
L
xnb
L
xna
axf
n nn n
sincos
2 11
0
. For the particular periodic function
shown in the figure the value of 0a is
(a) 0 (b) 5.0 (c) 1 (d) 2
Ans.: (c)
Solution: The wavefunction of the given function can be written as
0 1
1 0
x xf x
x x
Coefficient 0a is defined as
xf
1
2/1
2 1 0 1 2x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
0 1
0 1 01 1a x dx x dx
1 2 22 2
1 0
1 1 1 10 0 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
x x
0 1a
Q27. The phase of the complex number 1 i i in the polar representation is
(a) 4
(b)
2
(c)
4
3 (d)
4
5
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 1 1z i i z i for z x iy
1 3tan 1 tan ( 1)
4
y
x
IIT-JAM 2016
Q28. Which of the following points represent the complex number1
1 i
?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 2 2
i ii
i i i
y
1
0.5
0.51
1
0.50.5 1
x
y
1
0.5
0.51
1
0.50.5 1
x
y
1
0.5
0.51
1
0.50.5 1
x
y
1
0.5
0.51
1
0.50.5 1
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Q29. The eigenvalues of the matrix representing the following pair of linear equations
0x iy 0ix y
are
(a) 1 , 1i i (b) 1 , 1i i (c) 1, i (d) 1 , 1i i
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Characteristic equation is 0A I
2 2210 1 1 1 0 1
1
ii i
i
1 , 1i i
Q30. For the given set of equations
1x y , 1y z , 1x z ,
which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) Equations are inconsistent
(b) Equations are consistent and a single non-trivial solution exists
(c) Equations are consistent and many solutions exist
(d) Equations are consistent and only a trivial solution exists.
Ans.: (b)
Solution: The augmented matrix of the system can be written as
1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1
1 0 1 1
M
Row reduction gives
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 0 0 0 2 1
M
Thus, 1x y , 1y z and 2 1z
The last equation gives 1/ 2z . Using first two equations we find 1/ 2x y . Thus the
system has a single non trivial solution. The correct option is (b)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
Q31. The tangent line to the curve 2 5 0x xy at 1,1 is represented by
(a) 3 2y x (b) 3 4y x
(c) 3 2x y (d) 3 4x y
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Given 2 5 0x xy 2 0dy
x y xdx
2x ydy
dx x
At 31,1 , 3
1
dy
dx
Hence the equation of tangent line is 1 3 1 3 4y x y x
Q32. Fourier series of a given function f x in the interval 0 to L is
01 1
2 2cos sin
2 n nn n
a nx nxf x a b
L L
.
If f x x in the region 20, ,b ………………
Ans.: 0 5
Solution: Here, 2 / 2l l
2
0
2 2sin
/ 2
xb x dx
0
2sin 4x xdx
0
2 cos 4 1sin 4
4 16
x xx
2 cos 1sin 4 0
4 16
2 10 5
4 2
.
Q33. Consider a function 3 3,f x y x y , where y represents a parabolic curve 2 1x . The
total derivative of f with respect to x , at 1x is………………….
Ans.: 27
Solution: 3 3,f x y x y . Also given that, 2 1y x
Hence, 33 2, 1f x y f x x x
22 2,
3 3 1 2df x y df x
x x xdx dx
Hence, the total derivative at 1x is 223 1 3 1 1 2 1 3 6 4 27
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
Q34. Consider a closed triangular contour traversed in counter-clockwise
direction, as shown in the figure.
The value of the integral, F dl evaluated along this contour, for a
vector field, ˆ ˆx yF ye xe
, is………….. ( ˆ ˆ,x ye e and ˆze are unit vectors
in Cartesian-coordinate system).
Ans.: 2
Solution: ˆ ˆx yF ye xe
ˆ2F z
and ˆda dxdyz . 2F da dxdy
1. 2 2 2 1 2
2F dl F da dxdy
Q35. A hemispherical shell is placed on the -x y plane centered at the origin. For a vector
field 2 2ˆ ˆ /x yE ye xe x y
, the value of the integral S
E da
over the
hemispherical surface is……………… .
( da
is the elemental surface area, ˆ ˆ,x ye e and ˆze are unit vectors in Cartesian-coordinate
system)
Ans.: 2
Solution: 2 2ˆ ˆ /x yE ye xe x y
0E
except at origin.
. .S line
E da E dl
We have to take line integral around circle 2 2 2x y r in 0z plane. Let us use
cylindrical coordinate and use cos , sinx r y r sin , cosdx r d dy r d .
2 22
sin sin cos cos. /
r r d r r dE dl ydx xdy x y d
r
2
0. 2
line
E dl d
O 2,0P
y
x4
Q
4
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
IIT-JAM 2017
Q36. For the three matrices given below, which one of the choices is correct?
1
0 1
1 0
2
0
0
i
i
3
1 0
0 1
(a) 1 2 3i (b) 1 2 3i (c) 1 2 2 1 I (d) 3 2 1i
Ans. : (b)
Solution: These are pauli spin matrix which will satisfied 1 2 3i and 1 2 2 1 0
Q37. The integral of the vector 40ˆ, , cosA z
(standard notation for cylindrical
coordinates is used) over the volume of a cylinder of height L and radius 0R is:
(a) 0ˆ ˆ20 R L i j (b) 0 (c) 0
ˆ40 R L j (d) 0ˆ40 R Li
Ans. : (d)
Solution: By seeing the options lets calculate
0 2
0 0 0
40 ˆ ˆcos cos sinR L
V
Ad i j d d dz
ˆ ˆˆ cos sini j
2
0 0
0
ˆ ˆ ˆ40 cos cos sin 40V
Ad R L i j d R L i
Q38. Which one of the following graphs represents the derivative dff x
dx of the function
2
1
1f x
x
most closely (graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale)?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
f x
x x
f x
f x
x
f x
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 2
1
1f x
x
and 2
2
1
df xf x
dx x
anti-symmetric function but f x is positive
and f x is positive
Q39. For the Fourier series of the following function of period 2
0 0
1 0
xf x
x
the ratio (to the nearest integer) of the Fourier coefficients of the first and the third
harmonic is:
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 6
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 0
0
1 1 11
2 2 2a dx
00
1 11 cos sin 0na nx dx nx
n
0
0
1 1 1 21 sin cos 1 1nb nx dx nx
n n n
Hence, 1
3
2 33
2
b
b
Q40. The volume integral of the function 2, , cosf r r over the region
0 2, 0 / 3 and 0 2r is………….
(Specify your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 15.07
Solution: / 32 /3 2 5
2 2
00 0 0
2 1 cos 2cos sin 2
5 2 2V
I fd r r drd d
/ 3
0
32 1 24cos 2 / 3 cos 0 2 15.07
5 4 5I
f x
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
Q41. Consider two particles moving along the x - axis. In terms of their coordinates 1x and 2x ,
their velocities are given as 12 1
dxx x
dt and 2
1 2
dxx x
dt , respectively. When they start
moving from their initial locations of 1 0 1x and 2 0 1x , the time dependence of
both 1x and 2x contains a term of the form a te , where a is a constant. The value of a
(an integer) is………………
Ans. : 2
Solution: From the given relations we can write
1 2dx dx
dt dt
Integrating both sides with respect to t gives, 1 2 1x x c , where c being a constant of
integration
At 10, 1t x and 2 1x
Hence, 0c
Thus, 1 2x x (i)
Using equation (i) the first equation can be written as
1 11
1
2 2dx dx
x dtdt x
1 1ln 2 lnx t k 211 1
1
ln 2 txt x t k e
k
Using 1 0 1x , we obtain 1 1k , thus 21
tx e
Using equation (ii) the second equation can be written as
2 22
2
2 2dx dx
x dtdt x
Integrating gives
222 2
2
ln 2 ln ln txx t k e
k
Thus, 22 2
tx k e
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
Using 2 0 1x , we obtain 2 1k
Thus, 22
tx t e
Hence, the value of a is 2 .
Q42. Consider the differential equation 2 0y y y . If 0 0y and 0 1y , then the
value of 2y is……………….
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.27
Solution: The characteristic equation is 2 2 1 0m m 21 0m
Thus 1m is a repeated root
Thus the general solution is
1 2xy c c x e
since 1 10 0 0 0y c c
Thus we can write 2xy c xe 2
x xy c e xe
since 0 1y
2 21 1 0 1c c
xy xe
222
2 22 2 0.27
2.72y e
e
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
IIT-JAM 2018
Q43. Let 3 3, 2f x y x y . The curve along which 2 0f is
(a) 2x y (b) 2x y
(c) 6x y (d) 2
yx
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 2 2
2 3 3 3 32 2
2 2 0f x y x yx y
2 6 12f x y
2 0 6 12 0f x y 2x y
Q44. A curve is given by 2 3 ˆˆ ˆr t ti t j t k
. The unit vector of the tangent to the curve at
1t is
(a) ˆˆ ˆ
3
i j k (b)
ˆˆ ˆ
6
i j k (c)
ˆˆ ˆ2 2
3
i j k (d)
ˆˆ ˆ2 3
14
i j k
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Let n be a unit vector tangent to the curve at .t
2 2
ˆˆ ˆ/ 2 3ˆ
/ 1 4 5
dr dt i tj tkn
dr dt t t
at
ˆˆ 2 3ˆ1,
14
i j kt n
Q45. The function , 0
, 0
x xf x
x x
is expanded as a Fourier series of the form
0 1 1cos sinn nn n
a a nx b nx
. Which of the following is true?
(a) 0 0, 0na b (b) 0 0, 0na b
(c) 0 0, 0na b (d) 0 0, 0na b
Ans.: (b)
Solution:- , 0
, 0
x xf x
x x
0
0 0
1
2 2a xdx xdx
0 0a
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
0
0
1sin sinnb x nxdx x nxdx
0
2 20
1 cos sin cos sinx nx nx x nx nx
n n n n
1 2 cos n
n
2; even
2; odd
n
nnb
nn
Thus, 0nb
Q46. Which one of the following curves correctly represents (schematically) the solution for
the equation 2 3: 0 0?df
f fdx
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (b)
Solution:- 2 3; 0 0df
f fdx
1
ln 3 23 2 2
dfdx f x A
f
Since, 10 0 ln 3
2f A
1 3
ln2 3 2
xf
231
2xf e
Now, we can see, at 0, 0,x f at 3
,2
x f
Thus option (b) is correct one.
0
1
2
f x
x
f x
3
2
0 x
f x
3
2
0 x
f x
1
2
0 x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
Q47. Consider the transformation to a new set of coordinates , from rectangular Cartesian
coordinates ,x y , where 2 3x y and 3 2x y . In the , coordinate system,
the area element dxdy is
(a) 1
13d d (b)
2
13d d (c) 5d d (d)
3
5d d
Ans.: (a)
Solution:-
2 3,13
3 2,
J x y
J x y
x y
, 1
, 13
J x yJ
J
Since, area element in system is, 1
13dA J d d d d
Q48. Let matrix 4
6 9
xM
. If det 0M , then
(a) M is symmetric (b) M is invertible
(c) one eigenvalue is 13 (d) Its eigenvectors are orthogonal
Ans.: (a), (c), (d)
Solution:- Since, 4
6 9
xM
,
If 0 36 6 0 6M x x
Hence, 4
6 9
xM
(a) Here, M M , so it is symmetric matrix
(b) Determinant 0M , so noninvertible matrix
(c) For eigenvalue-
0M I 4 6
06 9
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
(4 )(9 ) 36 0 0, 13
(d) Eigen vectors for distinct eigen values for a symmetric matrix are orthogonal.
Q49. Let 6 23 2 8f x x x . Which of the following statements is (are) true?
(a) The sum of all its roots is zero
(b) The product of its roots is 8
3
(c) The sum of all its roots is 2
3
(d) Complex roots are conjugates of each other.
Ans.: (a), (b), (d)
Solution:- 6 23 2 8f x x x
Now, 6 23 2 8 0x x 6 22 8
03 3
x x
6 5 4 3 2 0Ax Bx Cx Dx Ex Fx G
6 5 4 3 22 80. 0. 0. 0. 0
3 3x x x x x x
Here, sum of roots 0B
A
And product of roots 8
3
G
A
Since all coefficient are real, then complex roots are conjugate to each other.
Hence, options (a), (b) and (d) are correct.
Q50. The coefficient of 3x in the Taylor expansion of sin sin x around 0x is ______.
(Specify your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans.: 0.33
Solution:- Let sin sinf x x
cos sin .cosf x x x
sin sin .cos .cos sin .cos sinf x x x x x x
2cos .sin sin sin .cos sinx x x x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
32cos sin sin sin cos cos sin cos cos sin sin sin sin cosf x x x x x x x x x x x
3 1sin 2 .sin sin cos .cos sin cos .cos sin sin 2 .sin sin
2x x x x x x x x
at 0,x
0 1 1 2f
Hence,
2 3
1 0 1 0 00 1 .....
1 2 3
x x f x x x f x x xf x f x f x
Hence, coefficient of 3x is _____
1 2 12 0.33
3 3 2 1 3
IIT-JAM 2019
Q51. The function 2
8
9
xf x
x
is continuous everywhere except at
(a) 0x (b) 9x (c) 9x i (d) 3x i
Ans. : (d)
Solution: We know that a rational function is discontinuous at a point where the denominator is
0 . Therefore,
2 9 0 3x x i
Q52. If , ,x y z is a scalar function which satisfies the Laplace equation, then the gradient of
is
(a) Solenoidall and irrigational (b) Solenoidall but not irrotational
(c) Irrotational but not solenoid (d) Neither Solenoidall nor irrotational
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 0 0 0, 0, 0E E E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
Q53. A unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing ˆˆ ˆ 2A i j k
and ˆˆ ˆ2B i j k
is
(a) 1 ˆˆ ˆ3 426
i j k (b) 1 ˆˆ ˆ3 319
i j k
(c) 1 ˆˆ ˆ5 335
i j k (d) 1 ˆˆ ˆ5 335
i j k
Ans. : (d)
Solution: ˆ 0A n
and ˆ 0B n
Verify option d : 1ˆ 1 5 6 0
35A n
1ˆ 2 5 3 0
35B n
Q54. The eigenvalues of
3 0
3 0
0 0 6
i
i
are
(a) 2,4and 6 (b) 2 ,4 and 6i i (c) 2 ,4and 8i (d) 0,4and 8
Ans. : (a)
Solution: For calculation of eigenvalues
3 0
3 0 0
0 0 6
i
i
3 3 6 6 0i i
3 3 6 6 0
or 26 3 1 0
or 26 6 8 0
or 6 2 4 0 . Therefore, 6 or 2 or 4 .
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Q55. The gradient of scalar field , ,S x y z has the following characteristic(s)
(a) Line integral of a gradient is path-independent
(b) Closed line integral of a gradient is zero
(c) Gradient of S is a measure of the maximum rate of change in the field S
(d) Gradient of S is a scalar quantity
Ans.: (a), (b), (c)
Q56. The flux of the function 2 2ˆ ˆ ˆ3 4F y x xy z y yz z
passing through the surface
ABCD along n is_________
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 1.17
Solution: 1y plane
ˆS
F da F dxdzy 23xy z dxdz
1 1
2
0 0
3x z dxdz 13
1
00
33
z
zxz dx
1
0
13
3z dx
12
0
32 3
x x
3 1 9 2 71.17
2 3 6 6
Q57. The value of 23
2
0
i
z dz
, along the line 3y x , where z x iy is______
(Round off to 1 decimal places)
Ans. : 111.1
Solution: 23
2
0
3i
z dz y x
z x iy
xA
By
n1
C
D
0, 0, 0
1
z
1
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
3z y iy
z x iy 3y iy 3 i y
3dz dy idy 3 i dy
21
2
0
3 3 3i i i y dy
212
0
10001000 1 111.11
9y dy
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Mechanics and General Properties of Matter
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. A solid sphere of mass m and radius a is rolling with a linear speed v on a flat surface
without slipping. The magnitude of the angular momentum of the sphere on the surface is
(a) mav5
2 (b) mav
5
7 (c) mav (d) mav
2
3
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 22 2 7
5 5 5
v mvaL I mva ma mva mva mva
a
IIT-JAM 2007
Q2. In terms of the basic units of mass M , length L , time T and charge Q , the dimensions
of magnetic permeability of vacuum 0 are
(a) 2MLQ (b) 2 1 2ML T Q (c) 1LTQ (d) 1 1LT Q
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 0,I
F I dl B Bd
2
0F I 2
2 20 0
QMLT MLQ
T
Q3. A projectile is fired from the origin O at an angle of 045 from the horizontal. At the
highest point P of its trajectory the radial and transverse components of its acceleration
in terms of the gravitational acceleration g are
(a) 5
,5
2 ga
gar (b)
5,
5
2 ga
gar
(c) 5
2,
5
ga
gar (d)
5
2,
5
ga
gar
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Maximum 2 2
maxsin
2
vh
g
and range
2 sin 2vR
g
where
4
max 1tan
22
hR
xO
Py
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
From the figure cos 90 sin5
rg
a g g
2
cos5
ga g
Q4. A satellite moves around a planet in a circular orbit at a distance R from its centre. The
time period of revolution of the satellite is T . If the same satellite is taken to an orbit of
radius 4R around the same planet, the time period would be
(a) 8T (b) 4T (c) 4
T (d)
8
T
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 2 3T R
3
222
48 8
T RT T
T R
IIT-JAM 2008
Q5. EFGH is a thin square plate of uniform density and
side 4a . Four point masses, each of mass m , are placed
on the plate as shown in the figure. In the moment of
inertia matrix I of the composite system,
(a) only xyI is zero
(b) only xzI and yzI are zero
(c) all the product of inertia terms are zero
(d) none of the product of inertia terms is zero
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 0, 0, 0xy i i i xz i i i yz i i ii i i
I m x y I m x z I m y z
F
GH
m m
)0,,( aa )0,,( aa
)0,,( aa )0,,( aa
mm
y
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
Q6. A circular disc (in the horizontal xy -plane) is spinning about a vertical axis through its
center O with a constant angular velocity
. As viewed from the reference frame of the
disc, a particle is observed to execute uniform circular motion, in the anticlockwise sense,
centered at P . When the particle is at the point Q , which of the following figures
correctly represents the directions of the Coriolis force corF
and the centrifugal force cfgF
?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 1 1 1 1 ˆ ˆˆ ˆcentifugalF r z z rr r
ˆ ˆˆ2 2corrF m v m z v r
cfgr FF ,
O
PQ
rF
O
PQ cfgF
rF
O
PQ
cfgFrF
O
PQ
cfgF
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
IIT-JAM 2009
Q7. A space crew has a life support system that can last only for 1000 hours. What minimum
speed would be required for safe travel of the crew between two space stations separated
by a fixed distance of 121.08 10 km ?
(a) 3
c (b)
2
c (c)
2
c (d)
5
c
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 12
2
2
1000 36001.08 10 1000
1
v
v
c
512
2 2
2 2
10 361080 10
21 1
v v cc v
v v
c c
Q8. A particle is moving in space with O as the origin. Some possible expression for its
position, velocity and acceleration in cylindrical coordinates , , z are given below.
Which one of these is correct?
(a) Position vector zzr ˆˆˆ and velocity z
dt
dz
dt
d
dt
dv ˆˆˆ
(b) Velocity zdt
dz
dt
d
dt
dv ˆˆˆ
and acceleration zdt
zd
dt
d
dt
d
dt
da ˆˆˆ
2
2
2
2
(c) Position vector zzr ˆˆ and velocity z
dt
dz
dt
d
dt
dv ˆˆˆ
(d) Position vector zzr ˆˆˆ and velocity z
dt
dz
dt
d
dt
dv ˆˆˆ
Ans.: (d)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
Q9. A thin massless rod of length 2l has equal point masses m attached at its ends (see
figure). The rod is rotating about an axis passing through its centre and making angle
with it. The magnitude of the rate of change of its angular momentum dt
Ld
is
(a) 2 22 sin cosml (b) 2 22 sinml
(c) 2 2 22 sinml (d) 2 2 22 cosml
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 22 sin 2 sinJ m r r m r r m r l m l
2 22 sin 90 sin 2 cos sindL
Torque J m l m ldt
Q10. Moment of inertia of a solid cylinder of mass M , height l and radius R about an axis
(shown in the figure by dashed line) passing through its centre of mass and perpendicular
to its symmetry axis is
(a) 22
12
1
4
1MlMR
(b) 22
8
1
2
1MlMR
(c) 22
12
1
2
1MlMR
(d) 22
4
1
2
1MlMR
Ans.: (a)
Solution: If R be the radius, l , the length and M , the mass of the solid cylinder, supposed to be
uniform and of a homogeneous composition, we have its mass per unit length = M
l.
Now, imagining the cylinder to be made up of a number of discs each of radius R ,
placed adjacent to each other, and considering one such disc of thickness dx and at a
distance x from the centre O of the cylinder, (figure), we have
m
l
R
l
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
Mass of the disc = M
dxl
and radius = R
And M.I. of the disc about its diameter 2
4
M RAB dx
l and its M.I. about the parallel
axis YOY , passing through the centre O of the cylinder and perpendicular to its axis of
cylindrical symmetry (or its length), in accordance with the principle of parallel axes,
2
2
4
M R Mdx dx x
l l
Hence, M.I. of the whole cylinder about this axis, i.e. I twice the integral of the above
expression between the limits 0x and 2
lx ,
i.e., 2 2
/ 2 / 22 2
0 0
22
4 4l lM R M M R
I dx x dx dx x dxl l l
/ 22 3
0
2
4 3
lM R x x
l
or 2 3 2 3 2 22 2
4 2 8 3 8 24 4 12
M R l l M R l l R lI M
l l
X R
Y
O
B
dxX
A/2l
x
lY
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
IIT-JAM 2010
Q11. A circular platform is rotating with a uniform angular speed counterclockwise about
an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane as shown in the figure. A
person of mass m walks radially inward with a uniform speed v on the platform. The
magnitude and the direction of the Coriolis force (with respect to the direction along
which the person walks) is
(a) 2m v towards his left (b) 2m v towards his front
(c) 2m v towards his right (d) 2m v towards his back
Ans.: (c)
Solution: ˆˆˆ2 2 2F m v m v z r m v
2m v towards his right
Q12. A particle of mass m , moving with a velocity jivv ˆˆ0
, collides elastically with
another particle of mass 2m which is at rest initially. Here, 0v is a constant. Which of the
following statements is correct?
(a) The direction along which the centre of mass moves before collision is
2
ˆˆ ji
(b) The speed of the particle of mass m before collision in the center of mass frame
is 02v .
(c) After collision the speed of the particle with mass 2m in the centre of mass frame
is 03
2v .
(d) The speed of the particle of mass 2m before collision in the center of mass frame
is 02v .
Ans. : (c)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Solution: Velocity of center of mass is 0 0ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ2 0
3 3
mv i j m v i j
m m
so option a is wrong
Velocity of mass m with respect to center of mass before collision
0 01 0
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ2ˆ ˆ
3 3cm
v i j v i ju v v i j
so speed is 0
4 4
9 9v 0
8
9v
Velocity of mass 2m with respect to center of mass before collision
0 02
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ0
3 3cm
v i j v i ju v
so speed is 0
0 021 1 2
9 9 9 3
vv v which is
also speed after the collision with respect to center of mass
IIT-JAM 2011
Q13. A rain drop falling vertically under gravity gathers moisture from the atmosphere at a rate
given by 2ktdt
dm , where m is the instantaneous mass, t is time and k is a constant. The
equation of motion of the rain drop is mgdt
dmv
dt
dvm
If the drop starts falling at 0t , with zero initial velocity and initial mass 0m
( 30 2 , 12 /m gm k gm s and 21000 /g cm s ), the velocity v of the drop after one
second is
(a) 250 /cm s (b) 500 /cm s (c) 750 /cm s (d) 1000 /cm s
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 3
2 23
dm ktkt m
dt
dv dmm v mg
dt dt 2dv
m vkt mgdt
2 2
3
3
6
dv kt dv ktv g v g
dt m dt kt
which is linear differential equation
So 2
33
3. exp ( 6)
3 6
ktI F dt kt
kt
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
3 36 6v kt g kt dt c 0, 0 0t v c
4
3
24
4 6
g kt tv
kt
Put 2gm, k = 12 gm/s3 and g = 1000 cm/s2),and 1t
1000 12 24500 / sec
4 12 6v cm
Q14. A particle of mass m is moving in a potential 2
220 22
1
mx
axmxV where 0 and a
are positive constants. The angular frequency of small oscillations for the simple
harmonic motion of the particle about a stable minimum of the potential V x is
(a) 02 (b) 2 0 (c) 4 0 (d) 024
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 2
220 22
1
mx
axmxV
2 40 3 2 2
0
0dV a a
m x xdx mx m
0
2 222 2 200 0 02 4
334
x x
md V am m m
mdx mx
0
2
2 20
04
2x x
d V
dx m
m m
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
IIT-JAM 2012
Q15. Three masses m , 2m and 3m are moving in xy - plane with speeds 3 ,2u u and u ,
respectively, as shown in the figure. The three masses collide at the same time at P and
stick together. The velocity of the resulting mass would be
(a) yxu
ˆ3ˆ12
(b) yxu
ˆ3ˆ12
(c) yxu
ˆ3ˆ12
(d) yxu
ˆ3ˆ12
Ans.: (d)
Solution: 3 2 .2 cos 60 3 cos 60ˆ ˆ
6 12cmm u m u mu u
u i x
0 2 .2 sin 60 3 sin 60 3ˆ ˆ6 12cm
m m u mu uu i y
m
The combined mass will move with same velocity as initial center of mass is moving
yxu
v ˆ3ˆ12
Q16. The figure shows a thin square sheet of metal of uniform density along with possible
choices for a set of principal axes (indicated by dashed lines) of the moment of inertia,
lying in the plane of the sheet. The correct choice(s) for the principal axes would be
(a) ,p q and r (b) p and r (c) p and q (d) p only
Ans.: (c)
Solution: zI about center of mass due to p and q are same
So, p and q are correct choice.
m2
xm
u3
u26060
u
m3
y
P
q rp
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
IIT-JAM 2013
Q17. A particle is released at 1x in a force field 0,ˆ2
2 2
2
xe
x
xxF x
. Which one of
the following statements is FALSE?
(a) xF
is conservative
(b) The angular momentum of the particle about the origin is constant
(c) The particle moves towards 2x
(d) The particle moves towards the origin
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 0,ˆ2
2 2
2
xe
x
xxF x
0F
are zero so force is conservative
0r F
so angular momentum is conserved.
For equilibrium point 2
2
20 0 2, 2
2
xF F x
x
0x so equilibrium
point is 2
To check stable and unstable equilibrium point 3
4 20 0
2
dF x
dx x
At 2x , 3
4 2 40 2
2 2 2
dF xve
dx x
so it is unstable point so particle
moves away from point 2x so it is obvious that it will moves towards origin
Q18. If the dimensions of mass, length, time and charge are TLM ,, and C respectively, the
dimensions of the magnetic induction field B
is
(a) 112 CTML (b) 11 CMT (c) CTL 12 (d) CTL 11
Ans.: (b)
Solution: ,F I dl B
2 1 1CMLT LB B MT C
T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
Q19. The path of a particle of mass m , moving under the influence of a central force, in plane
polar coordinates is given by kerr 0 , where 0r and k are positive constants of
appropriate dimensions. The angular momentum of the particle is L and its total energy
is zero. The potential energy functions rV , in terms of Lm, and k is……………..
Ans.:
Solution: 2 2 2
2
1L u d uu f
m ud
kerr 0 ,0
1 ku er
, 2 2
20 0
1 kkd u k e
k k er rd
2 2 2
2
1L u d uu f
m ud
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
22 3
0 0 0 00 0
.k k k k
k kL u k e k L e k e k L ee e k k
m r r m r rr mr
=1
fu
2
31/ 1L
f u u k km
2
3
1 1L k kf r
m r
2
3
1 1L k kdV
dr m r
2
3
1 1L k kdV dr
m r
2
2
1 1
2
L k kV
r
Total energy, 22
22 2
11 1
2 2 2
L k kLE mr
mr r
Also, 0kr r e 0
kr kr e 0 2k L kL
kr emr mr
22 2 2
2 2 2 2
11 10
2 2 2
L k kk L LE m
m r mr r
22 2 2
2 1
2 2 2
L k k mk L Lr
m m m
2 2 2 2 1
2
k L L mL k k
m
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
2
2 2 2
1 2
2 1 1
L k k mV
L k mL k k
2
1
1 1
mk kV
mk k k
IIT-JAM 2014
Q20. A spherical ball of ice has radius 0R and is rotating with an angular speed about an
axis passing through its centre. At time ,0t it starts acquiring mass because the
moisture (at rest) around it starts to freeze on it uniformly. As a result its radius increases
as ,0 tRtR where is a constant. The curve which best describes its angular
speed with time is
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (b). constantI t t
constantM t R t
2
0
constantt
M t R t
2
1t
t
Q21. The moment of inertia of a disc about one of its diameters is .MI The mass per unit area
of the disc is proportional to the distance from its centre. If the radius of the disc is R and
its mass is M , the value of MI is
(a) 2
2
1MR (b) 2
5
2MR (c) 2
10
3MR (d) 2
5
3MR
Ans.: (c)
t
t
t
t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
Solution: Mass density is cr 3
0
3, .
2
r MM cr rdrd c
R
52 2
0 0
2.
5
R R
zc R
I r dm r cr rdrd put value of c 23
5zI MR
From perpendicular axis theorem z x yI I I and x yI I so 23
10x y MI I I MR
Q22. Two points N and S are located in the northern and southern hemisphere, respectively,
on the same longitude. Projectiles P and Q are fired from N and S , respectively,
towards each other. Which of the following options is correct for the projectiles as they
approach the equator?
(a) Both P and Q will move towards the east
(b) Both P and Q will move towards the west
(c) P will move towards the east and Q towards the west
(d) P will move towards the west and Q towards the east
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Coriolis force
2F m v
z
For both particles ˆ ˆr zV V r V z
So, ˆˆˆ ˆ ˆ2 2r z rF m z v r z v z m v
So both will move towards
Earth revolves from west to east. So the particle will move towards west.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Q23. Two particles A and B of mass m and one particle C of mass M are kept on the x axis
in the order ABC . Particle A is given a velocity .iv Consequently there are two
collisions, both of which are completely inelastic. If the net energy loss because of these
collisions is 8
7 of the initial energy, the value of M is (ignore frictional losses)
(a) m8 (b) m6 (c) m4 (d) m2
Ans.: (b)
Q24. What is the maximum height above the dashed line attained by the water stream coming
out at B from a thin tube of the water tank assembly shown in the figure? Assume
10 , 2h m L m and .30
(a) 10 m (b) 2m (c) 1.2m (d) 3.2m
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Velocity at the end of thin tube 21
2mgh mv
Distance at the end of thin tube 010 sin 30L
9h m
219 18
2mg mv v g
2 2sin 18 10 1/ 4
2 252 2 10
vh m
g
Height from the dashed line 02.25 2sin 30 3.25m m
A
hL B
0y
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Q25. At an instant shown, three point masses , 2m m and 3 ,m rest on a horizontal surface and
are at the vertices of an equilateral triangle
of unit side length. Assuming that G is the
gravitational constant, the magnitude and
direction of the torque on the mass 3m ,
about the point O , at that instant is
(a) Zero (b) ,32
3 2mG going into the paper
(c) ,33 2mG coming out of the paper (d) ,34
3 2mG going into the paper
Ans.: (d) Force on 3m mass
2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0ˆ ˆ6 sin 30 3 sin 30 6 cos30 3 cos30F Gm Gm x Gm Gm y
2 23 9 3ˆ ˆ
2 2F Gm x Gm y
Radius vector for 3m mass
3
ˆ ˆ02
r x y
23 3ˆ ˆ 0
2 2r f Gm y x 23 3
ˆ4
Gm z .
m3
m2mO
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
IIT-JAM 2015
Q26. A mass m , lying on a horizontal, frictionless surface, is connected to one end of a spring.
The other end of the spring is connected to a wall, as shown in the figure. At 0t , the
mass is given an impulse.
The time dependence of the displacement and the velocity of the mass (in terms of non-
zero constants A and B ) are given by
(a) tBtvtAtx cos,sin (b) tBtvtAtx sin,sin
(c) tBtvtAtx sin,cos (d) tBtvtAtx cos,cos
Ans.: (a)
Solution: At time 0t , the mass ‘ m ’ is at rest. Thus, displacement will be zero at time 0t .
sinx A t
Velocity is cos cosdx
v A t B tdt
Thus, sinx A t and cosV t B t
Q27. A satellite moves around the earth in a circular orbit of radius R centered at the earth. A
second satellite moves in an elliptic orbit of major axis R8 , with the earth at one of the
foci. If the former takes 1 day to complete a revolution, the latter would take
(a) 21.6 days (b) 8 days (c) 3 hours (d) 1.1 hour
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 2 3
3/ 212 1
2
8 228
T RT T days
T R
m Impulse
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
Q28. An observer is located on a horizontal, circular turntable which rotates about a vertical
axis passing through its center, with a uniform angular speed of 2 rad/sec . A mass of
10 grams is sliding without friction on the turntable. At an instant when the mass is at a
distance of 8 cm from the axis it is observed to move towards the center with a speed of
6 / seccm . The net force on the mass, as seen by the observer at that instant, is
(a) N0024.0 (b) N0032.0 (c) N004.0 (d) N006.0
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Two forces will act on the particle
First coriolis force 52 ( ) 240 10cF m v N (in tangential direction)
Another force is centrifugal force 2 5320 10rF m r N (in radial direction)
Total force 2 2 0.04c c rF F F N
Q29. Seven uniform disks, each of mass m and radius r , are inscribed
inside a regular hexagon as shown. The moment of inertia of this
system of seven disks, about an axis passing through the central disk
and perpendicular to the plane of the disks, is
(a) 2
2
7mr (b) 27mr
(c) 2
2
13rm (d) 2
2
55rm
Ans.: (d)
Solution: 2 2 2 2 2
2 54 556 4
2 2 2 2 2
mr mr mr mr mrmr
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
Q30. A particle of mass m is moving in yx plane. At any given time t , its position vector is
given by ˆcos sinr t A t i B t j where BA, and are constants with BA .
Which of the following statements are true?
(a) Orbit of the particle is an ellipse
(b) Speed of the particle is constant
(c) At any given time t the particle experiences a force towards origin
(d) The angular momentum of the particle is kABm ˆ
Ans.: (a), (c) and (d)
Solution: (a) ˆ ˆcos sinr t A t i B t j
cos , sinx A t y B t
cos , sinx y
t tA B
2 2
2 21
x y
A B (Ellipse)
(b) ˆ ˆsin cosdr
A t i B t jdt
Speed 2 2 2 2 2 2sin cosdr
A t B tdt
. Speed is function of time, so not constant.
(c) 2
2 22
ˆ ˆcos sindr
A t i B t jdt
2 r
. Force act towards origin.
(d) L r p
ˆˆ
cos sin 0
sin cos 0
i j k
m A t B t
A t B t
L m ABk
Q31. A rod is hanging vertically from a pivot. A partic1e traveling in horizontal
direction, collides with the rod as shown in the figure. For the rod-particle
system, consider the linear momentum and the angular momentum about
the pivot .Which of the following statements are NOT true?
(a) Both linear momentum and angular momentum are conserved
(b) Linear momentum is conserved but angular momentum is not
(c) Linear momentum is not conserved but angular momentum is conserved
(d) Neither linear momentum nor annular momentum are conserved
Ans.: (b), (c) and (d)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Q32. A rod is moving with a speed of c8.0 in a direction at o60 to its own length. The
percentage contraction in the length of the rod is………….
Ans.: 9
Solution: 2
0 21x x
vl l
c 2
0 cos 1 0.8l 0 0
10.6 0.3
2xl l l and 00
3sin
2y
ll l
New length 2
2 00 0 0
3 30.3 0.09 0.916
2 4
ll l l l
% change in length 0
0
1 0.91100 0.09 100 9%
l
l
Q33. A uniform disk of mass m and radius R rolls, without slipping, down a fixed plane
inclined at an angle o30 to the horizontal. The linear acceleration of the disk (in 2sec/m )
is………………
Ans.: 3.266
Solution: Equation of Motion sinmg f ma
Torque fR I
2
sin , ,2
I a mRmg ma I
R R
3.2663
ga
Q34. A nozzle is in the shape of a truncated cone, as shown in the figure.
The area at the wide end is 225cm and the narrow end has an area
of 21 cm . Water enters the wider end at a rate of sec/500 gm . The
height of the nozzle is cm50 and it is kept vertical with the wider
end at the bottom. The magnitude of the pressure difference in kPa
( 23 /101 mNkPa ) between the two ends of the nozzle is………….
cm50
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
Ans.: 17.5
Solution: According to Bernoulli’s equation
2 21 1
2 2b b b t t tP gh V P gh V
2 21
2b t t b t bP P g h h V V
Now given 500 / sect tAV gm
3 3
3 4 2
500 10 / sec 500 10 / sec
1000 / 10tt
kg kgV
A kg m m
5 / sectV m
According to equation of continuity
tt t b b b t
b
AAV A V V V
A
2
2
15 / sec 0.2 / sec
25b
cmV m m
cm
22 211000 10 50 10 1000 5 0.2
2b tP P P
5000 500 25 0.04P 25000 12480 17480 /N m 17.5 aP kP
Q35. A block of mass 2kg is at rest on a horizontal table The coefficient of friction between
the block and the table is 0.1 . A horizontal force 3 N is applied to the block. The speed
of the block (in /m s ) after it has moved a distance 10 m is…………….
Ans.: 3.225
Solution: 0.1 2 10 2rf N N 2m kg
Applied force is more than friction
3 2 1ma F N 21 10.5 /
2a m s
m
2 2v u as 2 2 0.5 10 10 3.225 /v as m s
0, 10u s m
50t bh h cm
, ,t t tP V A
, ,b b bP V A
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
Q36. A homogeneous semi-circular plate of radius mR 3 is shown in the figure. The
distance of the center of mass of the p1ate (in meter) from the point O is……….
Ans.: 1.3
Solution: In problem 3R m
The area of the shaded part is rdr . The area of the
plate is 2 / 2R . As the plate is uniform, the mass per
unit area is 2 / 2
M
R. Hence the mass of the
semicircular element
2 / 2
Mdm rdrd
R
The x - coordinate of the centre of mass is zero by symmetry.
The y coordinate of centre of mass
1
sinY r dmM
2
0 0
1 2sin
R Mr rdrd
M R
2
20 0
2sin
R
r dr dR
3
2
2 42 1.3
3 3
R R
R
IIT-JAM 2016
Q37. A particle is moving in a plane with a constant radial velocity of 12 /m s and constant
angular velocity of 2 /rad s . When the particle is at a distance 8r m from the origin,
the magnitude of the instantaneous velocity of the particle in /m s is
(a) 8 15 (b) 20 (c) 2 37 (d) 10
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 12 /rv m s 2 8 16 / secv r m
2 2rv v v 144 256 400 20 / secm
0 m3
r dr r
R
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
Q38. A cylindrical rod of length L has a mass density distribution given by 0 1x
xL
,
where x is measured from one end of the rod and 0 is a constant of appropriate
dimensions. The centre of mass of the rod is
(a) 5
9L (b)
4
9L (c)
1
9L (d)
1
2L
Ans.: (a)
Solution:
2 3 2 32
000 0 0
2 2
00 0 0 0
1 11
2 32 3 2 31
1 122 2
LL L L
cm L L L L
x x x L Lx dx Lxdm x dxL L Lxx x Ldm dx dx Lx LL L L
556
3 92
cm
Lx L
Q39. An incompressible, non-viscous fluid is injected into a conical pipe at
its orifice as schematically shown in the figure. The pressure at the
orifice of area 0A is 0P . Neglecting the effect of gravity and assuming
streamline flow, which one of the following plots correctly predicts the
pressure along axis of the cone?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
/4x
0 0 0;X P v
P
0P
0X X
P
0P
0X X
P
0P
0X X
P
0P
0X X
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
Solution: The area cross-section at B is
22 tan
4xA r x
2xA x
Velocity at B is 0 0 x xA v A v 0 0 0 0 0 02 2x x
x
A v A v A vv v
A x x
According to Bernauli equation,
2 2
2 2 2 2 2 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 2 4
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2x x x x
A vP v P v P P v v P v
x
22 0
0 0 4 4
11
2x
AP P v
x
Graph (a) correctly represent the variation of xP w.r.t. x
Q40. A particle moves in a circular path in the xy - plane centered at the origin. If the speed of
the particle is constant, then its angular momentum
(a) about the origin is constant both in magnitude and direction
(b) about 0,0,1 is constant in magnitude but not in direction
(c) about 0,0,1 varies both in magnitude and direction
(d) about 0,0,1 is constant in direction but not in magnitude
Ans.: (a) and (b)
Solution: Angular momentum will be constant in x y plane
O 0x x ,x xP v 0 0,P v
0A
A/4
xA
B
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
IIT-JAM 2017
Q41. Consider a uniform thin circular disk of radius R and mass M . A concentric square of
side / 2R is cut out from the disk (see figure). What is the moment of inertia of the
resultant disk about an axis passing through the centre of the disk and perpendicular to it?
(a) 2 1
14 48
MRI
(b) 2 1
12 48
MRI
(c) 2 1
14 24
MRI
(d) 2 1
12 24
MRI
Ans. : (b)
Solution: ' 2 22
2 12disc square
M a aMRI I I
'2 2 2 4
M R R MM
R and
2
Ra
2 11
2 48
MRI
Q42. The linear mass density of a rod of length L varies from one end to the other as
2
0 21
x
L
, where x is the distance from one end with tensions 1T and 2T in them (see
figure), and 0 is a constant. The rod is suspended from a ceiling by two massless strings.
Then, which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?
(a) The mass of the rod is 02
3
L
(b) The centre of gravity of the rod is located at 9
16
Lx
(c) The tension 1T in the left string is 07
12
Lg
(d) The tension 2T in the right string is 03
2
Lg
Ans. : (b), (c)
R
/ 2R
1T2T
0 L x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
Solution: The mass of rod is 2
00 2
0
41
3
L Lxm dx
L
so (a) is wrong
The centre of gravity of the rod is located at
2
0 20
2
0 20
19
161
L
cm L
xx dx
L Lx
xdx
L
Force equation 01 2
4
3
LgT T
and torque equation
1 2 1 2 2 19 9 9 7 9
16 16 16 16 7
L L L LT T L T T T T
put value of 2 19
7T T in equation 0
1 24
3
LgT T
0 01 1
4 716
7 3 12
Lg LgT T
0 02 1
7 99 9
7 7 12 12
Lg LgT T
Q43. An object of mass m with non-zero angular momentum is moving under the influence
of gravitational force of a much larger mass (ignore drag). Which of the following
statement(s) is (are) correct?
(a) If the total energy of the system is negative, then the orbit is always circular
(b) The motion of m always occurs in a two-dimensional plane
(c) If the total energy of the system is 0 , then the orbit is a parabola
(d) If the area of the particle’s bound orbit is S , then its time period is 2 /mS
Ans. : (b), (c) and (d)
Solution: The eccentricity of curve 2
2
21
Ele
mk where 1 2k Gm m and E is energy .
If total energy is negative then orbit can be either elliptical or circular so (a) is wrong
In two body central force problem motion is confine in plane so (b) is correct
If the total energy of the system is 0 , then the orbit is a parabola one can calculate
1e so (c) is correct
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
From second law of thermodynamics 2
2 2
dA l S l mST
dt m T m l so (d) is correct
Q44. A particle of mass m fixed in space is observed from a frame rotating about its z - axis
with angular speed . The particle is in the frame’s xy plane at a distance R from its
origin. If the Coriolis and centrifugal forces on the particle are CORF
and CFGF
,
respectively, then (all the symbols have their standard meaning and refer to the rotating
frame),
(a) 0COR CFGF F
(b) 2 ˆCOR CFGF F m Rr
(c) 2 ˆ2CORF m Rr
(d) 2 ˆCFGF m Rr
Ans. : (b), (c)
Solution: 2 ˆcorr centipetalF F mr Rr
22 , 2corF m v v r m R
Q45. A particle of unit mass is moving in a one-dimensional potential 2 4V x x x . The
minimum mechanical energy (in the same units as V x ) above which the motion of the
particle cannot be bounded for any given initial condition is……………
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.25
Solution: 2 4V x x x
The potential is mimima at 0x and maxima at 1
2x fig
The value 0V x 0x
The value 0.25V x 1
2x
minimum mechanical energy above which the motion of the particle cannot be bounded
is .25fE
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
Q46. Sand falls on a conveyor belt at the rate of 1.5 /kg s . If the belt is moving with a constant
speed of 7 /m s , the power needed to keep the conveyor belt running is…………….
(Specify your answer in Watts to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 73.4
Solution:
2
2
11 22
. .2 2
d mvdW dm dv
P v mvdt dt dt dt
if v is constant 0
dv
dt
21
1 1. . 1.5 49 36.7
2 2
dmP v watt
dt
Work done due to friction .W mg d , 21
2d at ,
v vv at t
a g
21
2
vd g
g
221 1
.2 2
vW mg g mv
g
22
1 1. . 1.5 49 36.7
2 2
dmP v watt
dt
1 2 36.7 36.7 73.4 .P P P watt watt watt
Q47. In planar polar co-ordinates, an object’s position at time t is given
as , , 8 radtr e m t . The magnitude of its acceleration in 2/m s at 0t (to the
nearest integer) is……………….
Ans. : 9
Solution: 2 8t tra r r e e at 0t , 21 8 1 7 / secm
2 0 2 8 2 8t ta r r e e 2 27 4 8 49 32 81 9 / seca m
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Q48. At 0t , a particle of mass m having velocity 0v starts moving through a liquid kept in a
horizontal tube and experiences a drag force d
dxF k
dt
. It covers a distance L before
coming to rest. If the times taken to cover the distances / 2L and / 4L are 2t and 4t
respectively, then the ratio 2 4/t t (ignoring gravity) is……….
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 2.41
Solution: Using Newton’s second law we obtain
2
2
dx d xk m
dt dt
2
20
d x dxm k
dt dt
2
20
d x k dx
dt m dt
The characteristic equation is
2 0 0k k
m m
, 0 and
k
m
General solution:
1 2
kt
mx t c c e
(i)
Using the condition 0x , we obtain
1 2 0c c (ii)
2
kt
mkv t c e
m
(iii)
Using the condition 00v v
0 2 2 0
k mv c c v
m k and 1 0
mc v
k
0 1k
tm
mvx t e
k
(iv)
00
0
k k kt t t
m m mmv k v
v t e v e ek m v
(v)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
Using equations (iv) and (v), we obtain 0
0
1mv v
x tk v
,
0 01mv mv
L Lk k
From the question
2 20
0
1 12 2
k kt t
m mmvL kL
e ek mv
(vi)
4 40
0
1 14 4
k kt t
m mmvL kL
e ek mv
(vii)
Taking Logarithm on both sides of equations (vi) and (vii)
20
ln 12
k kLt
m mv
and 4
0
ln 14
k kLt
m mv
Thus,
0
02
4 0
0
ln 12 ln 1/ 2
2 41ln 3/ 4
ln 14
mvkmv kt
t mvkmv k
.
IIT-JAM 2018
Q49. There are three planets in circular orbits around a star at distances , 4a a and 9a ,
respectively. At time 0t t , the star and the three planets are in a straight line. The period
of revolution of the closest planet is T . How long after 0t will they again be in the same
straight line?
(a) 8T (b) 27T (c) 216T (d) 512T
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 3/ 21T ka T , 3/ 2
2 4 8T k a T , 3/ 2
3 9 27T k a T
Common time that all three star will meet again is 0 1 2 3 216t T T T T , which is LCM
of all time period.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 31
Q50. A disc of radius 1R having uniform surface density has a concentric hole of radius
2 1R R . If its mass is M , the principal moments of inertia are
(a) 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 1 2 1 2, ,
2 4 4
M R R M R R M R R
(b) 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 1 2 1 2, ,
2 4 4
M R R M R R M R R
(c) 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 1 2 1 2, ,
2 4 8
M R R M R R M R R
(d) 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 1 2 1 2, ,
2 4 8
M R R M R R M R R
Ans. : (b)
Solution:
2 2
1 1
2 22 12 2
2 22 1
2 .2
R R
zz ZZ
R R
M R RMI dm r r r dr I
R R
xx yy zzI I I
By symmetry xx yyI I . Therefore, 2 2
2 1
4xx yy
M R RI I
Q51. A raindrop falls under gravity and captures water molecules from atmosphere. Its mass
charges at the rate m t , where is a positive constant and m t is the instantaneous
mass. Assume that acceleration due to gravity is constant and water molecules are at rest
with respect to earth before capture. Which of the following statements is correct?
(a) The speed of the raindrop increases linearly with time
(b) The speed of the raindrop increases exponentially with time
(c) The speed of the raindrop approaches a constant value when 1t
(d) The speed of the raindrop approaches a constant value when 1t
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Applying impulse momentum m equation.
mg dt m dm v dv mv mdv dm
mg vdt dt
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 32
or, dmdv
g vdt mdt
0,dv dm
g vdt mdt
0 0
v t
v
dvdt
g v
at 00,t V V 0ln lng v g v t
0
tg ve
g v
0
tg gV V e
As, 1, 0tt e , so g
V
(which is constant)
Q52. A particle P of mass m is constrained to move on the surface of cylinder under a force
kr
as shown in figure ( k is the positive constant). Which of the following statements is
correct? (Neglect friction.)
(a)Total energy of the particle is not conserved.
(b) The motion along z direction is simple harmonic.
(c) Angular momentum of the particle about O increases with time.
(d) Linear momentum of the particle is conserved.
Ans. : (b)
Solution: ˆ ˆF kr k rr zz
rF kr , 0F
zF kz mz kz the motion along z is simple harmonic motion.
Q53. Two projectiles of identical mass are projected from the ground with same
initial angle with respect to earth surface and same initial velocity u
in the same plane. They collide at the highest point of their trajectories and
stick to each other. Which of the following statements is (are) correct?
(a) The momentum of the combined object immediately after collision is zero.
(b) Kinetic energy is conserved in the collision
(c) The combined object moves vertically downward.
(d) The combined object moves in a parabolic path.
Ans. : (a), (c)
z
x
r
P
O y
u u
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 33
Solution: At the highest point there is only Horizontal velocity. In horizontal direction there is
not any External force. So momentum in the horizontal direction is conserved.
(c) After collision whole system will full under gravitation.
Q54. A particle of mass m is moving along the positive x direction under a potential
22
1
2 2V x kx
x
( k and are positive constants). If the particle is slightly displaced
from its equilibrium position, it oscillates with an angular frequency ______.
(Specify your answer in units of k
m as an integer.)
Ans. : 2
Solution: 2
22 2
kxV x
x
3
0V
kxx x
1/ 44
0x xx x
2
2 4
34
Vk k
x x
0
2
24
2x x
Vx k
m m
2
Q55. A planet has average density same as that of the earth but it has only 1
8 of the mass of the
Earth. If the acceleration due to gravity at the surface is pg and eg for the planet and
Earth, respectively, then p
e
g
g ____________.
(Specific your answer upto one digit after the decimal point.)
Ans. : 0.5
Solution: 2
GMg
R and
M
V
1/3
3M M MV R R
2/ 3
/
Mg
M 1/ 3g M
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 34
1/3 1/3
10.5
8 2p p e
e e e
g M M
g M M
10.5
2
Q56. A body of mass 1 kg is moving under a central force in an elliptic orbit with semi major
axis 1000 m and semi minor axis 100 m . The orbital angular momentum of the body is
2 1100 kg m s . The time period of motion of the body is _________ hours.
(Specific your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 1.74
Solution: 2
2
dA L mT ab
dt m L
2 1
3.14 1000 100100
6 28 1000
6280
3600 1 744hr
Q57. The moon moves around the earth in a circular orbit with a period of 27 days. The radius
of the earth R is 66.4 10 m and the acceleration due to gravity on the earth surface is
29.8 ms . If D is the distance of the moon from the center of the earth, the value of D
R
will be _________. (Specific your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 59.6
Solution: For circular orbit 22
GMmm D
D
2 23
22 22
GM GMT RD
R
2
3 22 24
GM TD R
R
2 2
24
gT R R
3 2 2
2 2 6
9.8 (27 24 60 60)
4 4 6.4 10
D gT
R R
113 3
2 6
5.34 1059.5
4 6.4 10
D
R
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 35
Q58. A syringe is used to exert 1.5 atmospheric pressure to release water horizontally. The
speed of water immediately after ejection is________ (take 1 atmospheric pressure 510
Pascal, density of water 3 310 kg m ) (Specify your answer in 1ms as an integer)
Ans: 10
Solution: Apply Bernoulli’s equation,
2 21 1 1 2 2 2
1 1
2 2P v gh ev gh
1 2 1, 0h h v
1 21.5 atm, 1 atmP P
5
1 22
2 2 1 5 0.5 10
1000
P Pv
2 10 /v m s
Q59. A particle of mass m is moving in a circular orbit given by cosx R t ; siny R t ,
as observed in an inertial frame 1S . Another inertial frame 2S moves with uniform
velocity ˆv Ri with respect to 1 1 2. andS S S are related by Galilean transformation,
such that the origins coincide at 0t . The magnitude of the angular momentum of the
particle at 2
t
, as observed in 2S about its origin is expressed as 2mR x . Then x
is _______.
(Specify your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 5.28
Solution: From 2S Frame
' ˆ ˆr x vt i yi ˆ ˆcos sinR t vt i R ti
ˆ ˆv x v i yj ˆ ˆsin cosR t v i R tj
ˆ ˆcos sinL r P m R t vt i R ti ˆ ˆsin cosR t v i R tj
2 2 2 2 ˆcos cos sin sinm R t vtR t R t vR t k
12
V
Syringe
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 36
2 cos sinm R tR t vR t
at 2
t
, L
2 21 2 5.28m R m R 25.28L m R
IIT-JAM 2019
Q60. The mass per unit length of a rod (length 2m ) varies as =3x kg/m . The moment of
inertia (in kg 2m ) of the rod about a perpendicular-axis passing through the tip of the rod
(at 0x )
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16
Ans. : (b)
Solution:
2422 2
0 0 0
33 12
4
l xI x dx x xdx
Q61. The amount of work done to increases the speed of an electron nom / 3c to 2 / 3c is
( 83 10 m/sc and rest mass of electron is 0..511 MeV )
(a) 56.50keV (b) 143.58 keV (c) 168.20keV (d) 511.00 keV
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Change in kinetic energy is equal to work done
2 2 2 2
2 20 0 0 00 02 2 2 2
2 1 2 12 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
m c m c m c m cW m c m c
v v v v
c c c c
put 1 2/ 3, 2 / 3v c v c 20 0.511m c
143.58 keVW
Q62. If the motion of a particle is described by 5cos 8 , 5sin 8x t y t and 5z t , then
the trajectory of the particle is
(a) Circular (b) Elliptical (c) Helical (d) Spiral
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 5cos 8 , 5sin 8x t y t and 5z t , 2 2 25 , 5x y z t motion is Helical
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 37
Q63. A ball of mass m is falling freely under gravity through a viscous medium in which the
drag force is proportional to the instantaneous velocity v of the ball. Neglecting the
buoyancy force of the medium, which one of the following figures best describes the
variation of v as a function of time t ?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ans. : (d)
Solution: F V
ma KV
mdV
KVdt
2V t
Q64. Consider an object moving with a velocity v
in a frame which rotates with a constant
angular velocity. The Coriolis force experienced by the object is
(a) Along v
(b) Along
(c) Perpendicular to both v
and
(d) always directed towards the axis of rotation
Ans. : (c) Solution: 2cF m v
Q65. Consider a classical particle subjected to an attractive inverse-square force field. The total
energy of the particle is E and the eccentricity is . The particle will follow a parabolic
orbit if
(a) 0and 1E (b) 0and 1E
(c) 0and 1E (d) 0and 1E
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 2
2
21
EJ
mk for parabolic orbit 0and 1E
v
0 t
v
0 t
v
0 t
v
0 t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 38
Q66. If the wavelength of 2K X -ray line of an element is o
1.544 A . Then the atomic number
Z of the element is_______
(Rydberg constant 7 -11.097 10 mR and velocity of light 83 10 m/sc )
Ans. : 29
Solution: According to Mosely’s formula, the frequency of K X - ray line is related to atomic
number by the formula
215 33.29 10 1
4f K z Hz
or 215 33.29 10 1
4
cz
or 8
2510
3 10 33.29 10 1
41.544 10z
Therefore, 1 28.06z
or 29.06z
Since atomic number must be an integer
29z
Q67. If the diameter of the Earth is increased by 4% without changing the mass, then the
length of the day is _______ hours.
(Take the length of the day before the increment as 24 hours. Assume the Earth to be a
sphere with uniform density). (Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 25.95
Solution: 221 1 2 2
1 2
2 2.04I I MR M R R
T T
2 22 1 1.04 24 1.04 25.95T T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Oscillations, Waves and Optics
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. Consider a beam of light of wavelength incident on a system of a polarizer and an
analyzer. The analyzer is oriented at 045 to the polarizer. When an optical component is
introduced between them, the output intensity becomes zero. (Light is incident normally
on all components). The optical component is
(a) a full-wave plate (b) a half-wave plate
(c) a quarter-wave plate (d) an ordinary glass plate
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Half wave plate introduce phase difference of , if incidence wave is plane polarized
than after passing through HWP the wave is also plane polarized. If electric field of the
incidence wave makes angle 045 with optic axis of HWP than plane polarized at output
will be at 045 , as a result it will incidence on polarizer at 090 . According to malus law
intensity at output will be
0)2/(coscos 20
20 III
Q2. A combination of two thin convex lenses of equal focal lengths, is kept separated along
the optic axes by a distance of 20cm between them. The combination behaves as a lens
system of infinite focal length. If an object is kept at 10cm from the first lens, its image
will be formed on the other side at a distance x from the second lens. The value of x is
(a) 10cm (b) 20cm (c) 6.67cm (d) infinite
Ans.: (a)
Solution: As we see in the figure that the image is formed 10cm apart from the second lens.
f
10f cm 10f cm
f
10 cm 20 cm 10 cm
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
IIT-JAM 2006
Q3. At a given point in space the total light wave is composed of three phasors 1P a ,
iea
P22 and ie
aP
23 . The intensity of light at this point is
(a)
2cos4 22
a (b)
2cos4 42
a
(c) 22 cosa (d) 2cos4 22a
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 1 2 3 2 cos sin cos sin2 2 2
i ia a aP P P P a e e i i
21 cos 2 cos2
a a
2 2 44 cos2
I P a
Q4. A spring-mass system has undamped natural angular frequency 10 100 rad s . The
solution x t at critical damping is given by ttxtx 000 exp1 , where 0x is a
constant. The system experiences the maximum damping force at time
(a) 0.01s (b) 0.1s (c) 0.01 s (d) 0.1 s
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Damping force, dt
dxbFd
For maximum damping force, 0002
2
2
2
dt
xd
dt
xdb
dt
dFd
0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1t t tdx
x t e x e x x t edt
0 0 0
22
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 021 1 0t t td x
x x t e x e x t edt
00
11 0 0.01sect t t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
Q5. kztijiAtzyxE expˆ4ˆ3,,,
represents an electromagnetic wave. Possible
directions of the fast axis of a quarter wave plate which convert this wave into a
circularly polarized wave are
(a) jiandji ˆ7ˆ2
1ˆˆ72
1 (b) jiandji ˆ3ˆ4
2
1ˆ4ˆ32
1
(c) jiandji ˆ3ˆ42
1ˆ4ˆ32
1 (d) jiandji ˆ7ˆ
2
1ˆˆ72
1
Ans.: (a)
Solution: The fast axis of the quarter wave plate must make angle of 045 with the direction of
vibration of electric field so that amplitude of ordinary ray and extra-ordinary ray is equal
to produce circularly polarized light.
kztiAEkztijiAtzyxE expexpˆ4ˆ3,,, 0
Where jiE ˆ4ˆ30
Let us calculate the angle between 0E
and jiBandjiA ˆ7ˆ2
1ˆˆ72
1
00
0
1 121 4 25
12 2cos 452525 50 / 2 2
E A
E A
and
00
0
1 13 28 25
12 2cos 452525 50 / 2 2
E B
E B
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
IIT-JAM 2007
Q6. When two simple harmonic oscillations represented by
0 cosx A t and 0 cosy B t are superposed
at right angles, the resultant is an ellipse with its major axis
along the y -axis as shown in the figure. The conditions
which correspond to this are
(a) 00 2;2
BA (b) 00;
4BA
(c) 002;2
BA (d) 00;
4BA
Ans.: (c)
Q7. Three polarizers P , Q and R are placed parallel to each other with their planes
perpendicular to the z -axis. Q is placed between P and R . Initially the polarizing
directions of P and Q are parallel, but that of R is perpendicular to them. In this
arrangement when unpolaized light of intensity 0I is incident on P , the intensity coming
out of R is zero. The polarizer Q is now rotated about the z -axis. As a function of angle
of rotation, the intensity of light coming out of R is best represented by
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (b)
4oI
8oI
2
2
3 2
40I
80I
2
2
3 2
x
y
2
1O
1 2
40I
80I
2
2
3 2
40I
80I
2
2
3 2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
Solution: 01 2
II
202 cos
2
II
2 203 cos cos 90
2
II
30 0I
2 20 0 03
1 145 cos 45cos 45
2 2 2 2 8
I I II
0390 0I
IIT-JAM 2008
Q8. The instantaneous position x t of a small block performing one-dimensional damped
oscillations cosrtx t Ae t a . Here is the angular frequency, the damping
coefficient, A the initial amplitude and the initial phase. If ,00
0v
dt
dxandx
tt
the values of A and (with 0,1,2,....n ) are
(a)
2
12,
2
nvA (b)
n
vA ,
(c)
2
12,
nvA (d)
2
12,
2
nvA
Ans.: (c)
Solution:
0
2 1cos 0 cos 0
2t
nx A
cos sint tdxAe t Ae t
dt
cos sintAe t t
0
cos sint
dx vv A v A v A
dt
2
P Q R
0I 1 0 /2I I
1 0
202 cos
2
II 3I
3 90
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
IIT-JAM 2009
Q9. Among the following displacement versus time plots, which ones may represent an over-
damped oscillator?
(P) (Q)
(R) (S)
(a) only (P) and (Q) (b) only (P) and (R)
(c) only (P) and (S) (d) only (P), (R) and (S)
Ans.: (a) IIT-JAM 2010
Q10. A quarter-wave plate is placed in between a polarizer and a photo-director. When the
optic axis of the quarter-wave plate is kept initially parallel to the pass axis of the
polarizer and perpendicular to the direction
of light propagation. The intensity of light
passing through the quarter-wave plate is
measured to be 0I (see figure). If the quarter
wave plate is now rotated by 045 about an
axis parallel to the light propagation, what
would be the intensity of the emergent light
measured by the photo-director?
(a) 2oI
(b) 20I
(c) 22
0I (d) 0I
Ans.: (d)
Solution: After passing through QWP plane polarized light of intensity 0I will convert into
circularly polarized with intensity 0I .
Polaroid plate veQuarter wa detector-Photo
platevequarter wa ofrotation
ofDirection
tx t tx
t
tx
t
tx
t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
IIT-JAM 2011
Q11. Six simple harmonic oscillations each of same frequency and equal amplitude are
superposed. The phase difference between any two consecutive oscillations i.e.,
1n n is constant, where n is the phase of the thn oscillation. If the resultant
amplitude of the superposition is zero, what is the phase difference ?
(a) 6
(b)
3
(c)
2
(d) 2π
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Resultant amplitude of the superposition of n SHM is
2/sin
2/sin
na
R , where, n
n
sin / 2
0 sin / 2 0 / 2sin / 2
a nR n n
22
Q12. Intensity of three different light beams after passing through an analyzer is found to vary
as shown in the following graphs. Identify the option giving the correct states of
polarization of the incident beams from graphs.
1
00 1 2 3 4 5 6
5.0
1Graph
Analyzer Orientation (Radians)
2Graph
1
00 1 2 3 4 5 6
5.0
Analyzer Orientation (Radians)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
(a) Graph1: Linear Polarization Graph2: Circular Polarization, Graph3: Elliptic
Polarization
(b) Graph 1: Circular Polarization, Graph 2: Linear Polarization, Graph 3: Elliptic
Polarization
(c) Graph 1: Unpolarized Graph 2: Circular Polarization, Graph 3: Linear Polarization
(d) Graph 1: Unpolarized Graph 2: Elliptic Polarization, Graph 3: Circular Polarization
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Graph I UPL or CPL
Graph II LPL
Graph III EPL or UPL + LPL or CPL + LPL
Hence answer is (b)
IIT-JAM 2012
Q13. A lightly damped harmonic oscillator loses energy at the rate of 1% per minute. The
decrease in amplitude of the oscillator per minute will be closest to
(a) 0.5% (b) 1% (c) 1.5% (d) 2%
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Decay of energy is governed by equation, teEE 20
Decay of amplitude is governed by equation, tA ae
3Graph
1
00 1 2 3 4 5 6
5.0
Analyzer Orientation (Radians)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
Q14. Group I contains x- and y- components of the electric field and Group II contains the type
of polarization of light.
Group I Group II
P. kztEE
kztE
E
y
x
sin
cos20
0
1. Linearly Polarized
Q. kztEE
kztEEy
x
cossin
0
0 2. Circularly Polarized
R. kztEE
kztEEy
x
sinsin
2
1 3. Unpolarized
S.
4sin
sin
0
0
kztEE
kztEE
y
x
4. Elliptically Polarized
The correct set of matches is
(a) 1;4;2;4 SRQP (b) 4;1;3;1 SRQP
(c) 4;1;2;4 SRQP (d) 2;3;1;3 SRQP
Ans.: (c)
Solution: P. kztEEandkztE
E yx sincos2
00
The phase difference between Ex and Ey is /2 with different amplitude. Therefore the
resultant will be elliptically polarized.
Q. kztEEandkztEE yx cossin 00
The phase difference between Ex and Ey is /2 with same amplitude. Therefore the
resultant will be circularly polarized.
R. kztEEandkztEE yx sinsin 21
The phase difference between Ex and Ey is 0 with different amplitude. Therefore the
resultant will be linarly polarized.
S.
4sinsin 00
kztEEandkztEE yx
The phase difference between Ex and Ey is /4 with same amplitude. Therefore the
resultant will be elliptically polarized.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
IIT-JAM 2013
Q15. A traveling pulse is given by
2
22222exp,
c
tbxaabxtAtxf where baA ,, and c
are positive constants of appropriate dimensions. The speed of the pulse is
(a) a
b (b)
a
b2 (c)
a
cb (d)
a
b
2
Ans.: (a)
Solution:
2
2
2
2222
exp2
exp,c
btaxA
c
tbxaabxtAtxf
Phase factor is constant
22
2
2
cconstbtaxconstc
btax
Taking differentiation, we get
abdtdxbdtadxbdtadxbtax //00
Velocity of the pulse is b/a
IIT-JAM 2014
Q16. A collimated beam of light of diameter 1 mm is propagating along the x-axis. The beam
is to be expanded to a collimated beam of diameter 10 mm using a combination of two
convex lenses. A lens of focal length of 50 mm and another lens with focal length F are
to be kept at a distance d between them. The values of F and d respectively, are
(a) 450 mm and 10 mm (b) 400 mm and 500 mm
(c) 550 mm and 600 mm (d) 500 mm and 550 mm
Ans.: (d)
Solution: *AO P and A O P (Refer to the figure)
*AO OP
A O OP
2
0.5 50
5
mm mm
mm f 2 500f mm
50 500 550d OO mm
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
Q17. The electric fields of two light sources with nearby frequencies 1 and ,2 and wave
vectors 1k and ,2k are expressed as tzkieiEE 11ˆ101
and tzkieiEE 22ˆ202
,
respectively. The interference pattern on the screen is photographed at ;0tt denote
02121 tzkk by . For this pattern
(a) a bright fringe will be obtained for 1cos
(b) a bright fringe intensity is given by 220
210 EE
(c) a dark fringe will be obtained for 1cos
(d) a drak fringe intensity is given by 22010 EE
Ans.: (d)
Solution: A bright fringe will be obtained for cos 1
A bright fringe intensity is given by 2
10 20E E
A dark fringe will be obtained for cos 1
Q18. White light is incident on a grating 1G with groove density 600 lines/mm and width
mm.50 A small portion of the diffracted light is incident on another grating 2G with
groove density 1800 lines/mm and width 15 mm. The resolving power of the combined
system is
(a) 3103 (b) 31057 (c) 71081 (d) 510108
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 1 1 1 1 11 600 50R n N N N
2 2 2 2 21 1800 15R n N N N
71 2 81 10R R R
A1 50f mm
O
2f
10 mm1 mm *O
50
2f
A
P
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
Q19. A stationary source (see figure) emits sound waves of
frequency f towards a wall. If an observer moving
with speed u in a direction perpendicular to the wall,
measures a frequency ff8
9 at the instant shown,
then u is related to the speed of sound sV as
(a) sV (b) 2/sV (c) 4/sV (d) 8/sV
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Velocity component along sound wave
0cos 602
uu
2s
s
uV
f fV
9 28
s
s
uV
f fV
9 8 4s sV V u
44
ss
VV u u
IIT-JAM 2015
Q20. At room temperature, the speed of sound in air is 340 m/sec. An organ pipe with both
ends open has a length cmL 29 . An extra hole is created at the position 2/L . The
lowest frequency of sound produced is
(a) Hz293 (b) Hz586 (c) Hz1172 (d) Hz2344
Ans.: (c)
Solution: The fundamental frequency in organ pipe with both end open is 2
vf
L
/2L
L
WallSource
Observer
30
30
u
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
with additional rate at 2
L, the fundamental frequency becomes
2
340 / sec1172
22 29 102
v v v mf Hz
LL L m
Q21. Vibrations of diatomic molecules can be represented as those of harmonic oscillators.
Two halogen molecules 2X and 2Y have fundamental vibrational frequencies
1216.7 10Xv Hz and 1226.8 10Yv Hz , respectively. The respective force constants
are mNK X /325 and mNKY /446 . The atomic masses of ClF , and Br are
5.35,0.19 and 79.9 atomic mass unit respectively. The halogen molecules 2X and 2Y are
(a) 22 FX and 22 ClY (b) 22 ClX and 22 FY
(c) 22 BrX and 22 FY (d) 22 FX and 22 BrY
Ans.: (b)
Solution: The oscillation frequency of diatomic molecule with reduce mass ‘ ’ is
2 2
1 1
2 4
k kf
f
where k is force constant.
For 2X molecule: 2
x x x
x x
m m m
m m
2 22 2 12
1 1 325 /
2 2 3.14 16.7 10
xx
x
k N mm
f Hz
27 2759.07 10 35.5 1.67 10 35.5 . . .xm kg kg a m u
This is the atomic mass of chlorine Cl .
For 2Y molecule: 2
y y y
y y
m m m
m m
2 2 22 12
1 1 446 /
2 2 3.14 26.8 10
yy
y
k N mm
f Hz
27 2731.73 10 19 1.67 10ym kg kg 19 . . .a m u
This is the atomic mass of F . Thus, correct answer is option (b)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
Q22. Doppler effect can be used to measure the speed of blood through vessels. Sound of
frequency 1.0522 MHz is sent through the vessels along the direction of blood flow. The
reflected sound generates a beat signal of frequency 100 Hz . The speed of sound in blood
is 1545 / secm . The speed of blood through the vessel, in / secm , is
(a) 14.68 (b) 1.468 (c) 0.1468 (d) 0.01468
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Consider ,b soundV V are velocities of blood cell and sound in blood. The sound of
frequency 0f is traveling towards blood cell where blood cell is moving away with
velocity bV
Frequency of sound observed on blood cell is
0sound b
sound
V Vf f
V
(i)
Sound from blood cell of frequency f reflect back.
The frequency observed by observer is sound
sound b
Vf f
V V
(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get 0sound b sound
sound sound b
V V Vf f
V V V
0sound b
sound b
V Vf f
V V
(iii)
Now, 0 0 0sound b
sound b
V Vf f f f f
V V
0
2 b
sound b
Vf
V V
0
2 b
sound b
V f
V V f
02sound b
b
V V f
V f
021
soundb
VV
f
f
0f
soundVbV
observerbV
f
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Given 601545 / sec, 1.0522 10 , 100soundV m f Hz f Hz
6
1545 15450.073
210432 1.0522 101
100
bV
0.073 / secbV m
Thus the best suitable answer is option (d).
Q23. The following figure shows a double slit Fraunhofer diffraction pattern produced by two
slits, each of width a separated by a distance bab , .
Which of the following statements are correct?
(a) Reducing a increases the separation between consecutive primary maxima
(b) Reducing a increases the separation between consecutive secondary maxima
(c) Reducing b increases the separation between consecutive primary maxima
(d) Reducing b increases the separation between consecutive secondary maxima
Ans.: (a) and (d)
Solution: The minima condition for double slit Fraunhofer diffraction is
sin sinn
a na
where a is the width of slit.
Reducing ‘ a ’ increases the separation between diffraction minima i.e. increases the
separation between consecutive primary maxima.
The condition of interference maxima is
sin sinm
b mb
where b is the separation between slits.
The position of interference maxima gives the separation between secondary maxima.
Reducing ‘b ’ increases the separation between consecutive secondary maxima.
The correct answer is option (a) and (d).
maximaPrimary
maximaSecondary
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Q24. Unpolarized light is incident on a calcite plate at an angle of incidence o50 as shown in
the figure. Take 6584.10 n and 1.4864en for calcite. The angular separation
( in degrees) between the two emerging rays within the plate is
Ans.: 3.51
Solution: Inside the crystal incident light split into two components, ordinary ray and extra-
ordinary ray
According to Snell’s law sin
sin
in
r
For ordinary ray 050 , 1.6584oi n
1sin sinsin sino o
o o
i ir r
n n
0
1 1 1sin 50 0.766sin sin sin 0.462
1.6584oo
rn
0
0 27.51r
For extra-ordinary ray 050 , 1.4864ei n
1sin sinsin sine e
e e
i ir r
n n
0
1 1 1sin 50 0.766sin sin sin 0.515
1.4864ee
rn
031.02er
Thus, the angular separation between the o - ray and e - ray is 03.51e or r
050
Calciteaxis Optic
Air
050i
or
er
- rayo
- raye
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
Q25. For the arrangement given in the following figure, the coherent light sources ,A B and C
have individual intensities of 2 22 / , 2 /mW m mW m and 25 /mW m respectively at point P .
The wavelength of each of the sources is 600 nm . The resultant intensity at point P
(in 2/mW m ) is ___________.
Ans.: 9.23
Solution: The electric field on the screen is the sum of the fields
produced by the slits individually.
1 2 3E E E E i iaA Ae Be , where 2
sind
The total intensity at is
* 2 2 22 2 cos 2 cos cos 1I EE A B A AB a a where
2 2 2sin
d d d y
D
3 3
7
3.22 10 15 102 505.7
6 10 1
0145.8
given, 2 2 22 / , 5 / , 3.22 , 2.04 , 0.6335A mw m B mw m d mm ad mm a mm
3 3 3 32 2 10 5 10 2 2 10 cos 2 2 5 10 cos cos 1I a a
3 29.23 10 /w m
29.23 /I mw m
mm22.3
mm04.2C
B
A
P
mm15
m1
ad
d
A
B
C
D O
y
p
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
IIT-JAM 2016
Q26. Consider a particle of mass m following a trajectory given by 0 1cosx x t and
0 2siny y t , where 0 0 1, ,x y and 2 are constants of appropriate dimensions. The force on
the particle is
(a) central only if 1 2 (b) central only if 0 0x y and 1 2
(c) always central (d) central only if 0 0x y and 1 2
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 20 1 1cosx x t 2
0 2 2cosy y t
2 20 2 2 0 1 1
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆcos cosr xi yi r y ti x tj
If 1 2 then 2 2 20 2 2 0 1 1
ˆ ˆcos cosr y ti x tj r
Q27. Two sinusoidal signals of frequency x and y having same
amplitude are applied to x - and y - channels of a cathode ray
oscilloscope (CRO), respectively. The following stationary figure
will be observed when
(a) y x (b) phase difference is 0
(c) 2y x (d) phase difference is / 2
Ans.: (b)
Solution: number of cuts on -axis 4
number of cuts on -axis 2x
y
y
x
2x y
and this lissajous figure appears when phase difference is 0 . Thus correct option is (b)
Q28. Light traveling between two points takes a path for which
(a) time of flight is always minimum (b) distance is always minimum
(c) time of flight is extremum (d) distance is extremum
Ans.: (c)
Solution: According to Fermat’s principle, the ray will correspond to that path for which the time
taken is an extremum in comparison to nearby paths i.e. it is either a minimum or a
maximum or stationary. Thus correction option is (c).
1
11
1
x
y
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
Q29. A train passes through a station with a constant speed. A stationary observer at the station
platform measures the tone of the train whistle as 484 Hz when it approaches the station
and 442 Hz when it leaves the station. If the sound velocity in air is 330 /m s , then the
tone of the whistle and the speed of the train are
(a) 462 , 54 /Hz km h (b) 463 , 52 /Hz km h
(c) 463 , 56 /Hz km h (d) 464 , 52 /Hz km h
Ans.: (a) Solution: Let of = original frequency of the whistle
af = observed frequency when train approaches platform
rf = observed frequency when train recedes platform
tv = velocity of train
v = velocity of sound in air
a ot
vf f
v v
and r ot
vf f
v v
Now, a t a rt
r t a r
f v v f fv v
f v v f f
484 442330 15 / sec 54 /
484 442tv m km hr
and 330 15
484 462330
a to
f v vf Hz
v
Q30. The minimum length of a plane mirror to see the entire full-length image of an object is
half of the object’s height. Suppose is the distance between eye and top of the head of
a person of height h . The person will be able to see his entire full-length image with a
mirror of height / 2h fixed on the wall
(a) when the bottom edge of mirror is kept / 2h above the floor
(b) when the bottom edge of mirror is kept / 2h above the floor
(c) when the bottom edge of mirror is kept / 2h above the floor
(d) when the centre of the mirror is at the same height as centre of the person
Ans.: (c)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Solution: Let BH h is the height of person
HE , where H represents top of head and E represents eye.
In the mirror, distance between eye and top of head will be 2
.
Since total height of mirror is 2
h,
therefore, for diagram 2 2
hB E
and BE h
2BH h
and 2 2 2 2 2
h hBB BH B H h
Q31. A particle travels in a medium along a horizontal linear path. The initial velocity of the
particle is 0v and the viscous force acting on it is proportional to its instantaneous
velocity. In the absence of any other forces, which one of the following figures correctly
represents the velocity of the particle as a function of time?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Viscous force instantaneous velocity
mdv t dv t bF bv t bv t dt
dt v t m
Integrating on both sides
ln
dv t b bdt v t t c
v t m m
h
B
E
H
/2
H
E / 2h
B
v t
t
v t
t
v t
t
v t
t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
where 00,t v t v 0lnc v
0
0 0
ln ln lnb
tm
v t v tb bv t t v t e
m v m v
Thus graph (d) correctly represent the variation of v t w.r.t. time.
Q32. A lightly damped harmonic oscillator with natural frequency 0 is driven by a periodic
force of frequency . The amplitude of oscillation is maximum when
(a) is slightly lower than 0
(b) 0
(c) is slightly higher than 0
(d) The force is in phase with the displacement
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Amplitude in driven oscillator is
0
22 2 2 20
/
4
F mA
b
To find the condition for maximum amplitude, differentiate above equation w.r.t. and
put 0dA
d
i.e.
2 2 200
1/ 222 2 2 20
2 2 810
24
bFdA
d mb
2 2 2 2 20 02 0 2b b
Thus is slightly lower than 0 . Correct option is (a).
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
Q33. A block of mass 0.38kg is kept at rest on a frictionless surface and attached to a wall
with a spring of negligible mass. A bullet weighing 0.02kg moving with a speed of
200 /m s hits the block at time 0t and gets stuck to it. The displacement of the block
(in metre) with respect to the equilibrium position is given by
(Spring constant 640 /N m )
(a) 2sin 5t (b) cos10t (c) 0.4cos 25t (d) 0.25sin 40t
Ans.: (d)
Solution: 640
16000.38 0.02
k k
m m m
40 rad/sec
Let v be the velocity acquired by the block m where bullet m strikes it and comes to
rest in it.
By conservation of momentum
0.02200
0.38 0.02
mm m v m v v v
m m
0.02
200 10 / sec0.4
m
The block is set in oscillation about it mean position with maximum amplitude A
sin cosdx
x A t A tdt
In the mean position, the velocity is maximum
10 1010 0.25
40A A
0.25sin 40x t
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
Q34. In the optical arrangement as shown below, the axes
of two polarizing sheets P and Q are oriented such
that no light is detected. Now when a third polarizing
sheet R is placed in between P and Q , then light is
detected. Which of the following statement s is (are) true?
(a) Polarization axes of P and Q are perpendicular to each other.
(b) Polarization axis of R is not parallel to P
(c) Polarization axis of R is not parallel to Q
(d) Polarization axes of P and Q are parallel to each other.
Ans.: (a), (b) and (c)
Solution: According to Malu’s law
20 cos2
II where is angle between pass axis of P and Q
where 0I , 090
i.e. P and Q are perpendicular to each other. Thus option (a) is correct.
If third polarizer R is introduced between P and Q making angle 1 w.r.t. pass axis of
P and 0190 w.r.t. .
2 201 1cos cos 90
2
II
If 1 0 , then 0I thus R can’t be parallel to P . Now, If 01 90 , then again 0I .
Thus R can’t be parallel to also.
Thus options (a), (b) and (c) are correct.
Q35. When sunlight is focused on a paper using a bi-convex lens, it starts to burn in the
shortest time if the lens is kept 0.5m above it. If the radius of curvature of the lens is
0.75m then, the refractive index of the material is…………….
Ans.: 1.75
Solution: For bi-convex lens
detector
QP
unpolarized light
QP
unpolarized light
I0I
1R
2R0.5m f
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
1 2
1 1 11
R R f
1 2
1 1 1 11 0.75 1.75
1 10.51 10.75 0.75
f
R R
IIT-JAM 2017
Q36. The dispersion relation for electromagnetic waves travelling in a plasma is given as
2 2 2 2pc k , where c and p are constants. In this plasma, the group velocity is:
(a) proportional to but not equal to the phase velocity
(b) inversely proportional to the phase velocity
(c) equal to the phase velocity
(d) a constant
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2 2 2 2pc k
22 2 2
2 2 2p g
p
d c kc k v
dk c k
and 2 2 2
p
p
c kv
k k
2
gp
cv
v
Q37. Which of the following is due to inhomogeneous refractive index of earth’s atmosphere?
(a) Red colour of the evening Sun
(b) Blue colour of the sky
(c) Oval shape of the evening Sun
(d) Large apparent size of the evening Sun
Ans. : (c)
Solution: At sunrise and sunset, the Sun is near the horizon. Due to inhomogenous refractive
index of atmosphere, the rays from the upper and lower part of the periphery of the Sun
bend unequally on traveling through earth’s atmosphere. That is why the Sun appears
oval at the time of sunrise and sunset.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
Q38. A pendulum is made of a massless string of length L and a small bob
of negligible size and mass m . It is released making an angle
0 1rad from the vertical. When passing through the vertical, the
string slips a bit from the pivot so that its length increases by a small
amount L in negligible time. If it swings up to angle 1 on the other side before
starting to swing back, then to a good approximation which of the following expressions
is correct?
(a) 1 0 (b) 1 0 12L
(c) 1 0 1L
(d) 1 0
31
2L
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 1 cos 1 cosi fmgl mg l
2 22sin 2sin2 2
fil l
1/ 2 1/ 2
1 1i f f il l
0 01 , 12 2f i i fl l
Q39. Consider two coherent point sources ( 1S and 2S ) separated by a small distance along a
vertical line and two screens 1P and 2P as shown in Figure. Which one of the choices
represents the shapes of the interference fringes at the central regions on the screens?
(a) Circular on 1P and straight line on 2P
(b) Circular on 1P and circular on 2P
(c) Straight lines on 1P and straight lines on 2P
(d) Straight lines on 1P and circular on 2P
Ans. : (a)
0 1L L
mm
1P
2P1S2S
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
Solution: The locus of constant path difference on plate 2P is straight line. Therefore on plate 2P
interference fringes are straight line in nature. Whereas on plate 1P the locus of constant
path difference is circular, therefore fringes are circular
Q40. Unpolarized light is incident on a combination of polarizer, a 2
plate and a
2
and a
4
plate kept one after the other. What will be the output polarization for the following
configurations?
Configuration 1: Axes of the polarizer, the 2
plate and the
4
plate are all parallel to
each other
Configuration 2: The 2
plate is rotated by 045 with respect to configuration 1.
Configuration 3: The 4
plate is rotated by 045 with respect to configuration 1.
(a) Linear for configuration 1 linear for configuration 2, circular for configuration 3.
(b) Linear for configuration 1 circular for configuration 2, circular for configuration 3.
(c) Circular for configuration 1 circular for configuration 2, circular for configuration 3.
(d) Circular for configuration 1 linear for configuration 2, circular for configuration 3.
Ans. : (b)
Solution: The output of polarization is 2 2
22 2
2cos sin
x y xy
a b ab
where 0 0cos , sin and a E b E is phase
Difference between o and e -rays at the exit of plate
Configuration 1:
P
LP
/ 2 / 4
LP
00 00
(Circularly Polarized)LP
X
y
0E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
Configuration 2:
Configuration 3:
Thus correct option is (b)
Q41. Unpolarized light of intensity 0I passes through a polarizer 1P . The light coming out of
the polarizer falls on a quarter-wave plate with its optical axis at 045 with respect to the
polarization axis of 1P and then passes through another polarizer 2P with its polarization
axis perpendicular to that of 1P . The intensity of the light coming out of 2P is I . The
ratio 0 /I I is………….
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 4.00
Solution The intensity at the emerged beam at the exit of second polaroid 2P is
20 sin 24
II
045 045
P
LP
/ 2 / 4
CP (Circularly Polarized)LP
/ 2
00 045
P
LP
/ 2 / 4
CP (Circularly Polarized)
/ 2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
when 045
2 00 0sin 904 4
I II
0 4I
I
Q42. An anti-reflection film coating of thickness 0.1 m is to be deposited on a glass plate for
normal incidence of light of wavelength 0.5 m . What should be the refractive index of
the film?
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 1.25
Solution The condition for constructive interference is1
22
t m
, where 0,1,2m
for 0m
6
6
/ 2 0.5 10
2 4 4 0.1 10
m
t t m
5
1.254
Q43. Intensity versus distance curve for a double slit diffraction experiment is shown in the
figure below. If the width of each of the slits is 0.7 m , what is the separation between
the two slits in micrometers? (Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 3.50
Inte
nsit
y
Distance
1P2P
0I
/ 4
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Solution: The condition for the absent order is d n
b m
where, for 1,m 5th interference
maxima is absent (from figure)
1, 5m n
5 5 5 0.7 3.5d
d b m mb
IIT-JAM 2018
Q44. Two vehicles A and B are approaching an observer O at rest with equal speed as shown
in the figure. Both vehicles have identical sirens blowing at a frequency sf . The observer
hears these sirens at frequency Af and Bf , respectively from the two vehicles. Which
one of the following is correct?
(a) A B sf f f (b) A B sf f f
(c) A B sf f f (d) A B sf f f
Ans.: (b)
Solution: Doppler shift
sA s
s A
vf f
v v
, sB s
s B
vf f
v v
A B sV V V
A B sf f f
b
e d
A
BO
A
B
O
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
Q45. Which of the following arrangements of optical components can be used to distinguish
between an unpolarised light and a circularly polarised light?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (c)
Solution: (i) In configuration (A), output will be linearly polarized for both
(ii) In configuration (B), output will be linearly polarized for both
(iii) In configuration (C), output will be linearly polarized of constant intensity if input is
unpolarised whereas it is linearly polarized with intensity varying from zero to maximum
if input is circularly polarized.
(iv) In configuration (D) output will be linearly polarized for both.
Q46. The plane of polarisation of a plane polarized light rotates by 060 after passing through a
wave plate. The pass-axis of the wave plate is at an angle with respect to the plane of
polarization of the incident light. The wave plate and are
(a) 0,604
(b) 0,30
2
(c) 0,120
2
(d) 0,30
4
Ans.: (b)
Solution: When plane polarized light is incident on the / 4 plate, it converts it into circularly
polarized light, whereas / 2 plate rotates is by angle 2 , where is angle between
fast axis and polarization direction.
Given, 0 02 60 30 .
Light
/ 2plate analyser
Light
/ 4plate analyser
Light
/ 4plate analyserpolariser
Light
/ 2plate analyserpolariser
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 31
Q47. Consider two waves 1 cosy a t kz and 2 cosy a t k k z . The
group velocity of the superposed wave will be ( and k k )
(a) k k
(b) 2
2k k
(c) k
(d) k k
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 1 cosy a t kz , 2 cosy a t k k z
1 2
2 22 cos cos
2 2 2
t kz k ky y y a t z
/ 2
/ 2gvk k
Q48. Consider a convex lens of focal length f . A point object moves towards the lens along
its axis between 2 f and f . If the speed of the object is 0V , then its image would move
with speed IV . Which of the following is correct?
(a) I oV V ; the image moves away from the lens.
(b) I oV V ; the image moves away from the lens.
(c) I oV V ; the image moves away from the lens.
(d) I oV V ; the image moves away from the lens.
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 2
0
1 1 1andI
fV V
f u v u f
For, 0, andiu f v V u decreases than v increases.
0IV V and image moves away from the lens.
Q49. Two beams of light in the visible range 400 700nm nm interfere with each other at a
point. The optical path difference between them is 5000 nm . Which of the following
wavelengths will interfere constructively at the given point?
(a) 416.67nm (b) 555.55 nm (c) 625 nm (d) 666.66 nm
Ans.: (a),(b) and (c)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 32
Solution: 2.p d
For constructive interference 2n where n is integer
22 .n p d
. 5000p d nm
n n
for, 8, 625n nm
9, 555 55n nm
10, 500n nm
11, 454 5n nm
12, 416 67n nm
Thus, correct options are (a),(b) and (c)
Q50. Consider a convex lens of focal length f . The lens is cut along a diameter in two parts.
The two lens parts and an object are kept as shown in the figure. The images are formed
at following distances from the object:
(a) 2 f (b) 3 f (c) 4 f (d)
Ans.: (b), (c) and (d)
Solution: For first lens 1 1 1
v u f
For second lens 1 1 1
v u f
(i) if , ,u v f v (ii) if 2 , 2 , 2u f v f v f
(iii) if 2 , 2u f v f No image (iv) if 2 , 2 , 2u f v f v f
(v) if , ,u f v v (vi) ,u f v ve , No image
Thus, V cannot be 2 f . The correct options are (b),(c) and (d)
0 f2 f
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 33
Q51. In a grating with grating constant d a b , where a is the slit width and b is the
separation between the slits, the diffraction pattern has the fourth order missing. The
value of b
a is______. (Specific your answer as an integer.)
Ans. : 3
Solution: 1d a b b
n m m ma a a
For, 1, 4m n 4 1 3b b
a a
Q52. Consider a slit of width 18 m which is being illuminated simultaneously with light of
orange color (wavelength 600nm ) and of blue color (wavelength 450nm ) . The
diffraction pattern is observed on a screen kept at a distance in front of the slit. The
smallest angle at which only the orange color is observed is 1 and the smallest angle at
which only the blue color is observed is 2 . The angular difference 2 1 (in degrees)
is___________
(Specify your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans.: 0.48
Solution: sind
9
1 1 011 6
600 10sin sin 1.91
18 10d
9
1 1 022 6
450 10sin sin 1.43
18 10d
02 1 0.48 .
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 34
IIT-JAM 2019
Q53. A thin lens of refractive index 3
2 is kept inside a liquid of refractive index
4
3. If the focal
length of the lens in air is 10 cm , then the focal length inside the liquid is
(a) 10 cm (b) 30cm (c) 40cm (d) 50cm
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 1 2
1 3 1 11
2af R R
1 2
1 3 / 2 1 11
4 / 3lf R R
31
24
91
8
l
a
f
f
4 4 10 40l af f cm
Q54. Light of wavelength (in free space) propagates through a dispersive medium with
refractive index 1.5 0.6n . The group velocity of a wave travelling inside this
medium in units of 810 m/s is
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0 (c) 3.0 (d) 4.0
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2
gd d d
v kdk d dk
2
2
2
2
d dk
d d
2 2
2 p
cd c ckn
d n v
2 1dc
d n
22 2
0 1d
n ndc
n
2
2 2
1d
n nd
cn
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 35
2 2
0.6 1.5 1.2
1.5 2.6
nc c
n
710
1.5
cm
822 10
3c
Q55. The maximum number of intensity minima that can be observed I the Fraunhofer
diffraction pattern of a single slit (width 10 m ) illuminated by a laser bean
(wavelength 0.630 m ) will be
(a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 12 (d) 15
Ans. : (d)
Solution: sine n
max10
15.87 150.63
e mn
m
Q56. For an under damped harmonic oscillator with velocity v t
(a) Rate of energy dissipation varies linearly with v t
(b) Rate of energy dissipation varies as square of v t
(c) The reduction in the oscillator frequency, compared to the undamped case, is independent of v t
(d) For weak damping, the amplitude decays exponentially to zero
Ans. : (b), (c), (d)
Solution: Displacement sinrtx Ae t
Velocity cosrtdxv A e t
dt
Energy 2 2 2 2 2 21 1 1,
2 2 2rtE mv m x A e
Power dissipation, 2 2 212
2rtdE
P m A e rdt
2P v
Power dissipation is proportional to 2v , thus option (a) is wrong and option (b) is correct.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 36
Also, displacement sinrtx Ae t decays exponentially to zero, thus option (d) is
also correct.
The damped oscillation frequency is
2 20 r
It is independent of v t . Thus option (c) is also correct.
Q57. An object of 2cm height is placed at a distance of 30cm in front of a concave mirror
with radius of curvature 40cm . The height of the image is ________cm.
Ans. : 4
Solution: 30u cm
20f cm
1 1 1
v u f
1 1 1 1 1
20 30v f u
1 1
60v 60v cm
I v
mO u
602 4
30I cm cm
Q58. The 7th bright fringe in the Young’s double slit experiment using a light of wavelength
550nm shifts to the central maxima after covering the two slits with two sheets of
different refractive indices 1n and 2n but having same thickness 6 m . The value of
1 2n n is _______.
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 0.64
Solution: 1 21 1 7n t n t
9
1 2 6
7 7 550 100.64
6 10n n
t
R O F20cm
30cm
O
2cm
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 37
Q59. Light of wavelength 680 nm is incident normally on a diffraction grating having
4000 lines/cm . The diffraction angle (in degrees) corresponding to the third-order
maximum is ______
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 055
Solution: sine d n
2
910sin 3 680 10
4000
1 0sin 0.82 55
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Electricity and Magnetism
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. A small loop of wire of area 20.01A m , 40N turns and resistance 20R is
initially kept in a uniform magnetic field B in such a way that the field is normal to the
loop. When it is pulled out of the magnetic field, a total charge of 52 10Q C flows
through the coil. The magnitude of magnetic field B is
(a) 31 10 T (b) 34 10 T
(c) zero (d) unobtainable, as the data is insufficient
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Magnetic flux through the loop NBA
Induced e.m.f dt
d and induced currentdt
dQ
dt
d
Ri
1dQd
R 1
.
Thus , 510201.04020
1 B TB 3101 .
Q2. Two point charges 1q and 2q are fixed with a finite distance d between them. It is
desired to put a third charge 3q in between these two charges on the line joining them so
that the charge 3q is in equilibrium. This is
(a) possible only if 3q is positive
(b) possible only if 3q is negative
(c) possible irrespective of the sign of 3q
(d) not possible at all
Ans. : (c)
Solution: If 3q is positive,
If 3q is negative,
In both case there is possibility that charge 3q may be in equilibrium.
1q 3q
2F 1Fd
3q2q
1q 3q
1F 2Fd
3q2q
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
IIT-JAM 2006
Q3. Two electric dipoles 1P and 2P are placed at 0,0,0 and 1,0,0 respectively with both
of them pointing in the z direction. Without changing the orientations of the dipoles 2P
is moved to 0, 2,0 . The ratio of the electrostatic potential energy of the dipoles after
moving to that before moving is
(a) 1
16 (b)
2
1 (c)
4
1 (d)
8
1
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Electrostatic potential energy3
1
rU
8
13
2
31
1
2 r
r
U
U
Q4. A small magnetic dipole is kept at the origin in the -x y plane. One wire 1L is located at
az in the -x z plane with a current I flowing in the positive x direction. Another
wire 2L is at az in -y z plane with the same current I as in 1L , flowing in the
positive y -direction. The angle made by the magnetic dipole with respect to the
positive x -axis is
(a) 0225 (b) 0120 (c) 045 (d) 0270
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Magnetic field at 0z due to wire at az is yBB ˆ .
Magnetic field at 0z due to wire at az is xBB ˆ .
Resultant magnetic field at 0z makes an angle of 045 with x and 0225 with x .
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
IIT-JAM 2007
Q5. A uniform and constant magnetic field B coming out of the
plane of the paper exists in a rectangular region as shown in
the figure. A conducting rod PQ is rotated about O with a
uniform angular speed in the plane of the paper. The emf
PQE induced between P and Q is best represented by the
graph
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (a)
Solution: When point P is inside due to motional emf , potential PQ is positive. When point Q
is inside potential QP is positive or potential PQ is negative.
IIT-JAM 2008
Q6. If the electrostatic potential at a point ,x y is given by 2 4V x y volts, the
electrostatic energy density at that point 3/in J m is
(a) 05 (b) 010 (c) 020 (d) 20 42
2
1yx
Ans.: (b)
B
P
O
Q
tO
PQE
tO
PQE
tO
PQE
tO
PQE
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
Solution: yxVE ˆ4ˆ2 20 /E V m
Electrostatic energy density 300
2
0 /10202
1
2
1mJE
IIT-JAM 2009
Q7. An oscillating voltage 0 cosV t V t is applied across a parallel
plate capacitor having a plate separation d . The displacement current
density through the capacitor is
(a) d
tV cos00 (b) d
tV cos000
(c) d
tV cos000 (d) d
tV sin00
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Displacement current density
d
tV
t
tV
dt
EJ d
sin0000
Q8. An electric field ˆcossinˆ rrE
exists in space. What will be the total charge
enclosed in a sphere of unit radius centered at the origin?
(a) 04 (b) 04 (c) 04 (d) 04
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 02
00 4ˆsinˆcossinˆ rddrradEQenc
tVtV cos0
d
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
IIT-JAM 2010
Q9. The magnetic field associated with the electric field vector jtkzEE ˆsin0
is given
by
(a) itkzc
EB ˆsin0
(b) itkzc
EB ˆsin0
(c) jtkzc
EB ˆsin0
(d) ktkzc
EB ˆsin0
Ans.: (a)
Solution:
0ˆˆ sinkz E kz t jk E
B
0 0ˆ ˆsin sinkE E
kz t i kz t ic
Q10. Assume that 0z plane is the interface between two linear and homogeneous dielectrics
(see figure). The relative permittivities are 5r for
0z and 4r for 0z . The electric field in the
region 0z is mVkkjiE ˆ4ˆ5ˆ31 . If there are
no free charges on the interface, the electric field in
the region 0z is given by
(a) mVkkjiE
ˆˆ
4
5ˆ4
32 (b) mVkkjiE ˆˆ5ˆ32
(c) mVkkjiE ˆ5ˆ5ˆ32 (d) mVkkjiE ˆ5ˆ5ˆ32
Ans.: (d)
Solution: 1 2 2ˆ ˆ3 5E E E i j
and 0f kkEEDD ˆ5ˆ44
51
2
1221
mVkkjiE ˆ5ˆ5ˆ32
z
0z
4r
5r
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
Q11. A closed Gaussian surface consisting of a hemisphere and a circular disc of radius R , is
placed in a uniform electric field E
, as shown in the figure. The circular disc makes an
angle 030 with the vertical. The flux of the electric field vector coming out of the
curved surface of the hemisphere is
(a) 21
2R E
(b) 23
2R E
(c) 2R E
(d) 22 R E
Ans.: (b)
Solution: xEzExEzEE ˆ2
1ˆ
2
3ˆ30sinˆ30cos
rddRxEzEadE
S
E ˆsinˆ2
1ˆ
2
3 2
2/
0
2
0
2 sincossin2
1cos
2
3
ddEERE
2/
0
2
0
2 sincos2
3
ddERE
2/
0
2
0
22 cossin2
1
ddER
ERERE22
2
30
2
12
2
3
OR
0 2cos30E
S
E da E R 23
2R E
E
z
x
030
E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
IIT-JAM 2011
Q12. Equipotential surface corresponding to a particular charge distribution are given by
22 24 2 ix y z V , where the values of iV are constants. The electric field E
at the
origin is
(a) 0E
(b) ˆ2E x
(c) ˆ4E y
(d) ˆ4E y
Ans.: (d)
Solution: ˆ ˆ ˆˆ8 2 2 2 0,0,0 4E V xx y y zz E y
IIT-JAM 2012
Q13. A parallel plate air-gap capacitor is made up of two plates of area 210cm each kept at a
distance of 0.88mm . A sine wave of amplitude 10V and
frequency 50 Hz is applied across the capacitor as shown in the
figure. The amplitude of the displacement current density (in
2/mA m ) between the plates will be closest to
(a) 0.03 (b) 0.30 (c) 3.00 (d) 30.00
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Displacement current density,
d
tV
t
tV
dt
EJ d
sin0000
Amplitude of the displacement current density (in mA/m2) , 0 0 0 00
2d
V fVJ
d d
200 0 9 5
1 50 104 0.03 /
2 9 10 2 88 10d
fVJ mA m
d
~
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Q14. A segment of a circular wire of radius R, extending from 0 to 2/ , carries a constant
linear charge density . The electric field at origin O is
(a) yxR
ˆˆ4 0
(b)
yx
Rˆ
2
1ˆ
2
1
4 0
(c)
yx
Rˆ
2
1ˆ
2
1
4 0
(d) 0
Ans.: (a)
Solution: ˆ ˆx yE E x E y
where cosx
line
E dE , siny
line
E dE .
and 2
0
1
4
dldE
R
.
/2
2 20 0 0
1cos cos
4 4x
line
dl RdE
R R
/2
00 0
sin4 4xE
R R
Similarly/2
2 20 0 0
1sin sin
4 4y
line
dl RdE
R R
/2
00 0
cos4 4yE
R R
Thus 0
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ4x yE E x E y x y
R
O
R
y
x
y
x
d E
O
R
dl
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
IIT-JAM 2014
Q15. A particle of mass m carrying charge q is moving in a circle in a magnetic field B .
According to Bohr’s model, the energy of the particle in the thn level is
(a)
m
hqB
n 2
1 (b)
m
hqBn
(c)
m
hqBn
2 (d)
m
hqBn
4
Ans.: (d)
Solution: 2 2 2
2n
n
q B rE
m 2n
n n n n nn
mv m n nmv r n and r r r
qB qB mr qB
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 4n
n
q B r q B n qBhE n
m m qB m
Q16. A conducting slab of copper PQRS is kept on the -x y plane in a uniform magnetic field
along x - axis as indicted in the
figure. A steady current I flows
through the cross section of the slab
along the y - axis. The direction of
the electric field inside the slab,
arising due to the applied magnetic
field is along the
(a) negative Y direction (b) positive Y direction
(c) negative Z direction (d) positive Z direction
Ans.: (c) Q17. In a parallel plate capacitor the distance between the plates is 10cm . Two dielectric slabs
of thickness 5cm each and dielectric constants 21 K and 42 K respectively, are
inserted between the plates. A potential of 100V is applied across the capacitor as shown
in the figure. The value of the net bound surface charge density at the interface of the two
dielectrics is
(a) 03
2000 (b) 03
1000 (c) 0250 (d) 03
2000
P
S
Q
B
X
Z
Y
R
I
cm10 V1004K 2
2K1
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 1 21 2 0 0 0
3
2 4 4V E d E d d d d d d
2100 , 5 10V volts d cm 4
0 002
4 4 4 10100
3 3 5 10 15V
d
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 00
12 2eP E K E
2 0 2 0 2 2 2 00
31 3
4 4eP E K E
4
1 2 0 0
3 1 4 10 2000
2 4 4 4 15 3
Q18. A rigid uniform horizontal wire PQ of mass M , pivoted at P , carries a constant current
I .
It rotates with a constant angular speed in a
uniform vertical magnetic field B . If the current
were switched off, the angular acceleration of
the wire, in terms of B, M and I would be
(a) 0 (b) M
BI
3
2 (c)
M
BI
2
3 (d)
M
BI
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Torque mr F I
d r dF l IBdl
F I dl B dF IBdl
2
0 2
L IBLIB ldl
Moment of inertia about point P , 2
3m
MLI
mI 2 2
2 3
IBL ML 3
2
BI
M
2
11
24K 2
1K 2
P Q
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
Q19. A steady current in a straight conducting wire produces a surface charge on it. Let outE
and inE be the magnitudes of the electric fields just outside and just inside the wire,
respectively. Which of the following statements is true for these fields?
(a) outE is always greater than inE
(b) outE is always smaller than inE
(c) outE could be greater or smaller than inE
(d) outE is equal to inE
Ans.: (a)
Solution: In this case 0, 0in outE E . So out inE E
Q20. A small charged spherical shell of radius 0.01m is at a potential of 30V . The
electrostatic energy of the shell is
(a) J10 10 (b) J105 10 (c) J105 9 (d) J10 9
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 04
qV
R and
2
08
qW
R .
Thus, 2 2 2
0 9 1009
0
4 4 900 100.5 10 5 10 Joules
8 2 9 10 2
VR V RW
R
Q21. A ring of radius R carries a linear charge density . It is rotating with angular speed .
The magnetic field at its center is
(a) 2
3 0 (b)
20
(c) 0 (d) 0
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 0
2
IB
R
, where I v R . Thus 0
2B
.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
IIT-JAM 2015
Q22. The electric field of a light wave is given by
4sinˆsinˆ
0
kztjkztiEE
.
The polarization state of the wave is
(a) Left handed circular (b) Right handed circular
(c) Left handed elliptical (d) Right handed elliptical
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 0 0sin , sin4x yE E t kz E E t kz
.
Thus resultant is elliptically polarized wave.
At 0 00, sin , sin4x yz E E t E E t
When 00, 0,2
x y
Et E E and when 0, , 0
4 2x y
Et E E
Q23. A charge q is at the center of two concentric spheres. The outward electric flux through
the inner sphere is , while that through the outer sphere is 2 . The amount of charge
contained in the region between the two spheres is
(a) q2 (b) q (c) q (d) q2
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 0
q
, 0
2q q
q q
Q24. A positively charged particle, with a charge q , enters a region in which there is a uniform
electric field E
and a uniform magnetic field B
, both directed parallel to the positive
y -axis. At 0t , the particle is at the origin and has a speed 0v directed along the
positive x - axis. The orbit of the particle, projected on the zx- plane, is a circle. Let T
be the time taken to complete one revolution of this circle. The y -coordinate of the
particle at Tt is given by
(a) 2
2
2qB
mE (b)
2
22
qB
mE (c)
20
2
v mmE
qBqB
(d)
qB
mv02
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 2 2
22
1 1 2 2
2 2y y
qE m mEy u t a t y
m qB qB
Q25. A hollow, conducting spherical shell of inner radius 1R and
outer radius 2R encloses a charge q inside, which is located at a
distance 1Rd from the centre of the spheres. The potential at
the centre of the shell is
(a) Zero (b) 0
1
4
q
d
(c) 0 1
1
4
q q
d R
(d) 0 1 2
1
4
q q q
d R R
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Charge induced on inner surface is q and charge induced on outer surface is q .
Thus, 0 1 2
1
4
q q qV
d R R
.
Q26. A conducting wire is in the shape of a regular hexagon, which is
inscribed inside an imaginary circle of radius R , as shown. A current
I flows through the wire. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the
center of the circle is
(a) R
I
2
3 0 (b) R
I
320 (c)
R
I
03
(d) R
I
2
3 0
Ans.: (c)
Solution: 0 3cos30
2d R R
02 1sin sin
4
IB
d
0 00 0 01 2sin 30 2sin 30
4 3 2 34
2
I I IB
d RR
z
y
x0v
,E B
q d
1R
2R
C
RI
060
I
R d
C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
The magnitude of the magnetic field at center of the circle is
0 0 01
3 36 6
2 3 3
I I IB B
RR R
Q27. For an electromagnetic wave traveling in free space, the electric field is given
by m
VjkxtE ˆ10cos100 8
. Which of the following statements are true?
(a) The wavelength of the wave in meter is 6
(b) The corresponding magnetic field is directed along the positive z direction
(c) The Poynting vector is directed along the positive z direction
(d) The wave is linearly polarized
Ans.: (a) and (d)
Solution: 8 ˆ100cos 10 /E t kx j V m
88 8
8
2 2 3 1010 10 6
10
c
. Option (a) is true
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆB k E x y z
. Option (b) is wrong
ˆ ˆS k x
. Option (c) is wrong. Option (d) is true.
Q28. Consider the circuit, consisting of an AC function generator vtVtV 2sin0 with
VV 50 an inductor mHL 0.8 , resistor 5R and a capacitor FC 100 . Which of
the following statements are true if we vary the frequency?
(a) The current in the circuit would be maximum at 178Hz
(b) The capacitive reactance increases with frequency
(c) At resonance, the impedance of the circuit is equal to the resistance in the circuit
(d) At resonance, the current in the circuit is out of phase with the source voltage
Ans.: (a) and (c)
R
L
C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Solution: 3 6
1 1178
2 2 3.14 8 10 100 10Hz
LC
. Option (a) is true.
1CX
C CX as . Option (b) is wrong
Option (c) is true
Option (d) is wrong
Q29. A unit cube made of a dielectric material has a polarization jiP ˆ4ˆ3
units. The edges
of the cube are parallel to the Cartesian axes. Which of the following statements are true?
(a) The cube carries a volume bound charge of magnitude 5 units
(b) There is a charge of magnitude 3 units on both the surfaces parallel to the zy plane
(c) There is a charge of magnitude 4 units on both the surfaces parallel to the zx plane
(d) There is a net non-zero induced charge on the cube
Ans.: (b) and (c)
Solution: ˆ ˆ3 4P i j
. 0b P
. Option (a) is wrong
At 0x , ˆ ˆ ˆˆ. 3 4 . 3b P n i j i
, At 1x , ˆ ˆ ˆˆ. 3 4 . 3b P n i j i
Option (b) is true
At 0y , ˆ ˆ ˆˆ. 3 4 . 4b P n i j j
, At 1y , ˆ ˆ ˆˆ. 3 4 . 4b P n i j j
Option (c) is true.
Option (d) is wrong
Q30. The power radiated by sun is W26108.3 and its radius is km5107 . The magnitude of
the Poynting vector (in2cm
W) at the surface of the sun is………………
Ans.: 6174
Solution:
262 2
210
3.8 10/ 6174 /
4 7 10
PI W cm W cm
A
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Q31. In an experiment on charging of an initially uncharged capacitor, an RC circuit is made
with the resistance kR 10 and the capacitor FC 1000 along with a voltage source
of V6 . The magnitude of the displacement current through the capacitor (in A ),
5 seconds after the charging has started, is…………………
Ans.: 364
Solution: 3 6/ 5/10 10 1000 10 5/10
3 4 44
6 6 6 6364
10 10 10 1.65 1010t RCV
I e e e AR e
Q32. In a region of space, a time dependent magnetic field ttB 4.0 tesla points vertically
upwards. Consider a horizontal, circular loop of radius 2cm in this region. The
magnitude of the electric field (in mmV / ) induced in the loop is…………….
Ans.: 4
Solution: 2
2 2 102 0.4 4 /
2 2
B r BE r r E mV m
t t
Q33. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency Hz14105 and amplitude 310 /V m traveling
in a homogeneous dielectric medium of dielectric constant 1.69 is incident normally at
the interface with a second dielectric medium of dielectric constant 2.25 . The ratio of the
amplitude of the transmitted wave to that of the incident wave is………………
Ans.: 0.93
Solution: 1
1 2
010 0
1 2 0
22 2 1.690.93
1.69 2.25
rTT I
I r r
EnE E
n n E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
IIT-JAM 2016
Q34. For an infinitely long wire with uniform line-charge density, along the z - axis, the
electric field at a point , ,0a b away from the origin is
( ˆ ˆ,x ye e and ˆze are unit vectors in Cartesian – coordinate system)
(a) 2 2
0
ˆ ˆ2
x ye ea b
(b) 2 2
0
ˆ ˆ2
x yae bea b
(c) 2 2
0
ˆ2
xea b
(d) 2 2
0
ˆ2
zea b
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 2 2 2
0 0 0
ˆ ˆ ˆ2 2 2
x yE r r ae ber r a b
2 2r a b
Q35. A 1 W point source at origin emits light uniformly in all the directions. If the units for
both the axes are measured in centimeter, then the Poynting vector at the point 1,1,0 in
2
W
cm is
(a) 1ˆ ˆ
8 2x ye e
(b) 1
ˆ ˆ16 x ye e
(c) 1ˆ ˆ
16 2x ye e
(d) 1
ˆ ˆ4 2
x ye e
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 2 3
1 1ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
4 4 4 2 2 8 2x y x y
P P r PI S r r e e e e
A r r r
2 21 1 2r
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
Q36. A charged particle in a uniform magnetic field 0 ˆzB B e
starts moving from the origin
with velocity ˆ ˆ3 2 /x zv e e m s
. The trajectory of the particle and the time t at which it
reaches 2 meters above the xy - plane are
( ˆ ˆ,x ye e and ˆze are unit vectors in Cartesian-coordinate system)
(a) Helical path; 1t s (b) Helical path; 2 / 3t s
(c) Circular path; 1t s (d) Circular path; 2 / 3t s
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 3 /v m s and 2 /v m s , thus 2
1 secm
tv
Q37. The phase difference between input and output voltage for the following circuits (i)
and (ii)
will be
(a) 0 and 0 (b) / 2 and 0 / 2 respectively
(c) / 2 and / 2 (d) 0 and 0 / 2 respectively
Ans.: (d)
Solution: (i) Co i
C C
Xv v
X X
1
2o
i
v
v , phase difference is 0 .
(ii) Co i
C
Xv v
R X
2
1 1 1
1 / 1 1
i CRo
i C
ve
v R X i CR CR
Phase difference is 0 / 2 .
iv
C
C ov
(i)
iv
R
C ov
(ii)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
Q38. In the following RC circuit, the capacitor was charged in two different ways.
(i) The capacitor was first charged to 5V by moving the toggle switch to position P and
then it was charged to 10V by moving the toggle switch to position Q .
(ii) The capacitor was directly charged to10V , by keeping the toggle switch at positionQ .
Assuming the capacitor to be ideal, which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) The energy dissipation in cases (i) and (ii) will be equal and non-zero
(b) The energy dissipation for case (i) will be more than that for case (ii)
(c) The energy dissipation for case (i) will be less than that for case (ii)
(d) The energy will not be dissipated in either case.
Ans.: (c)
Solution: The energy dissipation in cases (i) is 2 21 15 10 5 25
2 2C C C
The energy dissipation in cases (ii) is 2110 50
2C C
Q39. In the following RC network, for an input signal frequency1
2f
RC , the voltage gain
o
i
v
v and the phase angle between ov and iv respectively are
(a) 1
2 and 0 (b)
1
3 and 0 (c)
1
2 and
2
(d)
1
3 and
2
Ans.: (b)
Solution: 1
2f
RC , then
1
2CX jRj fC
2 1
1 2C
PC
j j RRX jR jRZ
R X R jR j
and 1S CZ R X R jR R j
P 5V
R
10V
Q
C
ivR
R
ov
C
C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Po i
P S
Zv v
Z Z
11 1 11 2 1 2 11 1 11 1
2
o
Si
P
j j RvZ R j R jv jR R R jZ j j R j j R
1 1 1 1
2 1 3 3 3 1 3o
i
j j R j j R jv
v jR R R j jR R j
, and phase angle 0
Q40. An arbitrarily shaped conductor encloses a charge q and is
surrounded by a conducting hollow sphere as shown in the figure.
Four different regions of space 1,2,3 and 4 are indicated in the
figure. Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) The electric field lines in region 2 are not affected by the
position of the charge q
(b) The surface charge density on the inner wall of the hollow sphere is uniform
(c) The surface charge density on the outer surface of the sphere is always uniform
irrespective of the position of charge q in region 1
(d) The electric field in region 2 has a radial symmetry
Ans.: (c)
Solution: From the given statement only option (c) is correct.
Q41. Consider a small bar magnet undergoing simple harmonic motion (SHM) along the
x - axis. A coil whose plane is perpendicular to the x - axis is placed such that the magnet
passes in and out of it during its motion. Which one of the following statements is correct?
Neglect damping effects.
(a) Induced e.m.f. is minimum when the center of the bar magnet crosses the coil
(b) The frequency of the induced current in the coil is half of the frequency of the SHM
(c) Induced e.m.f. in the coil will not change with the velocity of the magnet
(d) The sign of the e.m.f. depends on the pole ( N or S ) face of the magnet which enters
into the coil
Ans.: (a)
Solution: From the given statement only option (a) is correct.
q
1
2
3 4
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
Q42. Consider a spherical dielectric material of radius ‘ a ’ centered at origin. If the
polarization vector, 0 ˆxP P e
, where 0P �is a constant of appropriate dimensions, then
( ˆ ˆ,x ye e , and ˆze are unit vectors in Cartesian- coordinate system)
(a) the bound volume charge density is zero.
(b) the bound surface charge density is zero at 0,0, a .
(c) the electric field is zero inside the dielectric
(d) the sign of the surface charge density changes over the surface.
Ans.: (a), (b), (d)
Solution: . 0b P
0 0ˆ ˆ ˆ. . sin cos 0b xP n P e r P
at 0,0, a 0 .
Q43. For an electric dipole with momentum 0 ˆzP p e
placed at the origin, ( 0p is a constant of
appropriate dimensions and ˆ ˆ,x ye e and ˆze are unit vectors in Cartesian coordinate system)
(a) potential falls as 2
1
r, where r is the distance from origin
(b) a spherical surface centered at origin is an equipotential surface
(c) electric flux through a spherical surface enclosing the origin is zero
(d) radial component of E
is zero on the xy - plane.
Ans.: (a), (c), (d)
Solution: 2 2
ˆ. cos,
4 4dipo o
r p pV r
r r
.
30
ˆˆ, 2cos sin4
dipp
E r rr
.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
Q44. Three infinitely-long conductors carrying currents 1 2,I I and 3I
lie perpendicular to the plane of the paper as shown in the figure.
If the value of the integral .C
B dl
for the loops 1 2,C C and
3C are 0 02 , 4 and 0 in the units of N
A respectively, then
(a) 1 3I A into the paper (b) 2 5I A out of the paper
(c) 3 0I . (d) 3 1I A out of the paper
Ans.: (a), (b)
Solution: 0. enc
C
B dl I
1 2 2I I , 2 3 4I I , 1 2 3 1I I I
1 3I A , 2 5I A and 3 1I A .
Q45. The shape of a dielectric lamina is defined by the two curves 0y and 21y x . If the
charge density of the lamina 215 /y C m , then the total charge on the lamina
is……………..C .
Ans.: 8
Solution: Total charge on the lamina is
21 1
1 22
01 1
1515 1
2
x
S
Q da ydxdy x dx
11 5 3
4 2
1 1
15 151 2 2
2 2 5 3
x xQ x x dx x
15 1 2 1 2 15 2 41 1 2
2 5 3 5 3 2 5 3Q
15 168
2 15Q C
3C
2C3I
2I
1C1I
x
y
11 0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
IIT-JAM 2017
Q46. A current 10I A flows in an infinitely long wire along the axis of
hemisphere (see figure). The value of B ds
over the
hemispherical surface as shown in the figure is:
(a) 010 (b) 05 (c) 0 (d) 07.5
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 00 0. 2 2 10
2
IB ds B dl B r r I
r
Q47. Consider two, single turn, co-planar, concentric coils of radii 1R and 2R
with 1 2R R . The mutual inductance between the two coils is
proportional to
(a) 1
2
R
R (b) 2
1
R
R (c)
22
1
R
R (d)
21
2
R
R
Ans. : (c)
Solution:
20 122 2
2 1 2 1 22 21 1 21
1 1 1 1
2
IR
B R R RM I M
I I I R
Q48. Consider a thin long insulator coated conducting wire carrying current I . It is now wound
once around an insulating thin disc of radius R to bring
the wire back on the same side, as shown in the figure.
The magnetic field at the centre of the disc is equal to:
(a) 0
2
I
R
(b) 0 2
34
I
R
(c) 0 2
14
I
R
(d) 0 1
12
I
R
Ans. : (d)
Solution: From R.H.R. magnetic field is pointing inwards, 0 0 0 12 1
4 2 2
I I IB
R R R
10I A
2R
1R
RI
I
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
Q49. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave is given by
3 7ˆ ˆ2 3 10 sin 10 2 3E k j x y z t
.
The value of is ( c is the speed of light):
(a) 14 c (b) 12 c (c) 10 c (d) 7 c
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 3 7ˆ ˆ2 3 10 sin 10 2 3E k j x y z t
7 7 7ˆ ˆ ˆ10 2 3 10 14, 10k x y z k
,7
7
1014
10 14c c
k
Q50. A rectangular loop of dimension L and width w moves with a constant velocity v away
from an infinitely long straight wire carrying a current I in the plane of the loop as
shown in the figure below. Let R be the resistance of the loop. What is the current in the
loop at the instant the near –side is at a distance r from the wire?
(a)
0
2 2
IL wv
R r r w
(b)
0
2 2
IL wv
R r w
(c)
0
2
IL wv
R r r w
(d)
0
2 2
IL wv
R r r w
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 0 0. ln2 2
r
B
S r
I IL r wB da Ldr
r r
0 01 1 1
2 2B IL ILwvd dr
IR dt R r w r dt Rr r w
v
wR
LI
r
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
Q51. For a point dipole of dipole moment ˆp pz
located at the origin, which of the following
is (are) correct?
(a) The electric field at 0, ,0b is zero
(b) The work done in moving a charge q from 0, ,0b to 0,0,b is 2
04
qp
b
(c) The electrostatic potential at ,0,0b is zero
(d) If a charge q is kept at 0,0,b it will exert a force of magnitude 3
04
qp
b on the
dipole.
Ans. : (b) and (c)
Solution: 2
0
cos
4
pV
r
and 30
ˆˆ2cos sin4
pE r
r
(a) At 0, ,0b ; 2
0E
(b) The work done in moving a charge q from 0, ,0b to 0,0,b
2 20 0
0,0, 0, ,0 04 4
p qpW q V b V b q
b b
(c) The electrostatic potential at ,0,0b is ,0,0 0V b
(d) At 0,0,b ; 0 3
0
2ˆ
4
pE r
b
If a charge q is kept at 0,0,b it will exert a force of magnitude3
0
2
4
qp
b .
Q52. A dielectric sphere of radius R has constant polarization 0 ˆP P z
, so that the field inside
the sphere is 0
0
ˆ3in
PE z
. Then, which of the following is (are) correct?
(a) The bound surface charge density is 0 cosP
(b) The electric field at a distance r on the z - axis varies as 2
1
r for r R
(c) The electric potential at a distance 2R on the z - axis is 0
012
P R
(d) The electric field outside is equivalent to that of a dipole at the origin
Ans. : (a), (c) and (d)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
Solution: 0 0ˆ ˆˆ. . cosb P n P z r P
3 30 0
22 20 0 0 0
ˆ ˆ.ˆ ˆ1 . 1 4 . 1 4
4 4 3 4 3 122dip
P z z P Rp r R P r RV
r r R
Q53. Consider a circular parallel plate capacitor of radius R with separation d between the
plates d R . The plates are placed symmetrically about the origin. If a sinusoidal
voltage 0 sinV V t is applied between the plates, which of the following statement(s) is
(are) true?
(a) The maximum value of the Poynting vector at r R is 2
0 024
V R
d
(b) The average energy per cycle flowing out of the capacitor is zero
(c) The magnetic field inside the capacitor is constant
(d) The magnetic field lines inside the capacitor are circular with the curl being
independent of r .
Ans. : (a), (b) and (d)
Solution: 0 sinV tVE
d d
and 20 0 0 0 0
0
cos
2 2 2dI R V tE
B RR R t d
2 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 20
cos sin sin cos1sin 2
2 2 4
R V t V t RV t t RVS EB t
d d d d
20 0
max 24
RVS
d
; 0S , 0
2, inside
2dI r
BR
Q54. In a coaxial cable, the radius of the inner conductor is 2mm and that of the outer one is
5mm . The inner conductor is at a potential of10V , while the
outer conductor is grounded. The value of the potential at a
distance of 3.5mm from the axis is…………
(Specify your answer in volts to two digits after the decimal
point)
Ans. : 3.8
10V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
Solution: 2 0V
In Cylindrical coordinate system, 1
0 lnV
r V A r Br r r
Thus 10 ln 2A B and 0 ln 5A B
10
10 ln 2 ln 5 10.86ln 5 / 2
A A A and
10ln 517.39
ln 5 / 2B
3.5 ln 3.5 3.8V r A B V
Q55. The wave number of an electromagnetic wave incident on a metal surface is
120 750 i m inside the metal, where 1i . The skin depth of the wave in the
metal is………(Specify your answer in mm to two digits after the decimal point).
Ans. : 1.33
Solution: 120 750k k i i m
Skin depth, 1 1 1000
1.33750 750
d m mm mm
Q56. A sphere of radius R has a uniform charge density . A sphere of
smaller radius / 2R is cut out from the original sphere, as shown in the
figure below. The center of the cut out sphere lies at / 2z R . After the
smaller sphere has been cut out, the magnitude of the electric field at
/ 2z R is 0/R n . The value of the integer n is……………
Ans. : 8
Solution: Electric field inside a uniformly charge solid sphere of radius R is 0
ˆ3
rE r
Electric field outside a uniformly charge solid sphere of radius R is 3
20
ˆ3
RE r
r
Electric field at 2
Rz is
3
20 0 0
/ 2/ 2
3 3 8
RR RE
R
8n
R
/2R
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
IIT-JAM 2018
Q57. A current I is flowing through the sides of an equilateral triangle of side a . The
magnitude of the magnetic field at the centroid of the triangle is
(a) 09
2
I
a
(b) 0I
a
(c) 03
2
I
a
(d) 03 I
a
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 2 2 3/ 4
2RS a a a and
3
3 6
RSOS a
For segment PQ
00 032sin 60
234
6
PQ QR RP
I IB B B
aa
093
2PQ
IB B
a
Q58. Three infinite plane sheets carrying uniform charge densities , 2 ,3 are parallel to
the x z plane at ,3 ,4y a a a , respectively. The electric field at the point 0, 2 ,0a is
(a) 0
4j
(b) 0
3j
(c) 0
2j
(d) 0
j
Ans.: (b)
Solution: The electric field at the point 0, 2 ,0P a is
0 0 0
2 3 ˆ2 2 2
E j
0
3j
R
P QS
a IO
x
z
y
a
3a
2
4a
3P
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Q59. A rectangular loop of dimensions l and w moves with a constant
speed of v through a region containing a uniform magnetic field B
directed into the paper and extending a distance of 4w . Which of
the following figures correctly represents the variation of emf
with the position x of the front end of the loop?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans.: (c)
Solution:
Case-I: at 10,x Blw and at, 2,x dx Bl w dx
Bldx d
Blvdt
Case-II: Blv and direction will be opposite.
When loop is inside there is no flux change so, 0 .
v
lw
0 4w
B
x
Bwv
Bwv0 0 w
4w x
Bwv
Bwv0
0 w4w
x
Blv
Blv
0 0 w4w x
Blv
Blv
00 w
4wx
dxl
v B
Case-I
vB
Case-II
l
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
Q60. A long solenoid is carrying a time dependent current such that the
magnetic field inside has the form 20
ˆB t B t k
, where k is along
the axis of the solenoid. The displacement current at the point P on
a circle of radius r in a plane perpendicular to the axis
(a) is inversely proportional to r and radially outward
(b) is inversely proportional to r and tangential
(c) increases linearly with time and is tangential.
(d) is inversely proportional to 2r and tangential
Ans.: (b)
Solution: d B
E dl dldt
202 2E r B t R
20B tR
Er
0d
EJ
t
2
0 0 1d d
B RJ J
r r
Q61. Given a spherically symmetric charge density 2 ,
0,
kr r Rr
r R
( k being a constant),
the electric field for r R is (take the total charge as Q )
(a) 3
50
ˆ4
Qrr
R (b)
2
40
3ˆ
4
Qrr
R (c)
3
50
5ˆ
8
Qrr
R (d)
50
ˆ4
Qr
R
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 0
. enc
S
QE d a
2 2 2
0 0
14 4
r
E r kr r dr
5
2
0
14 4
5
rE r k
E
3
05
krE
5
2 2
0
4 45
R RQ kr r dr k
5
5
4
Qk
R
3 3
5 50 0
5
4 5 4
Q r QrE
R R
r p
k
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 31
Q62. An infinitely long solenoid, with its axis along k , carries a current I . In addition there is
a uniform line charge density along thee axis. If S
is the energy flux, in cylindrical
coordinates ˆˆˆ , , k , then
(a) S
is along
(b) S
is along k
(c) S
has non zero components along and k
(d) S
is along ˆˆ k
Ans. : (d)
Solution: ˆE E
ˆB Bk
S E B
ˆˆS k
Q63. Let the electric field in some region R be given by 2 2ˆ ˆy xE e i e j
. From this we may
conclude that
(a) R has a non-uniform charge distribution
(b) R has no charge distribution
(c) R has a time dependent magnetic field.
(d) The energy flux in R is zero everywhere.
Ans.: (b), (c)
Solution: 0E
and 0E
,
Thus R has no charge distribution and R has a time dependent magnetic field.
B
ˆE
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 32
Q64. In presence of a magnetic field ˆBj and an electric field ˆE k , a particle moves
undeflected . Which of the following statements is (are) correct?
(a) The particle has positive charge, velocity ˆEi
B
(b) The particle has positive charge, velocity ˆEi
B
(c) The particle has negative charge, velocity ˆEi
B
(d) The particle has negative charge, velocity ˆEi
B
Ans.: (b), (d)
Solution: 0F q E v B
E
vB
For ve charge: ˆa k
ˆE
v xB
For ve charge: ˆa k
ˆE
v xB
Q65. Consider an electromagnetic plane wave 0
2ˆ ˆ cos 3E E i bj ct x y
, where
is the wavelength, c is the speed of light and b is a constant. The value of b is
_________. (Specific your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.577
Solution: 0ˆ ˆ ˆˆ ˆcosE E n t k r n i bj
2ˆ ˆ ˆ3k i j
2ˆ 0 1 3 0k n b
10.577
3b
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 33
IIT-JAM 2019
Q66. A small spherical ball having charge q and mass m , is tied to a thin
massless non-conducting string of length l . The other end of the
string is fixed to an infinitely extended thin non-conducting sheet
with uniform surface charge density . Under equilibrium the
string makes an angle o45 with the sheet as shown in the figure.
Then is given by ( g is the acceleration due to gravity and 0 is
the permittivity of free space)
(a) 0mg
q
(b) 02
mg
q
(c) 02mg
q
(d) 0
2
mg
q
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 0
tan tan2
F qE q
mg mg mg
02tan
mg
q
00 02 2tan 45
mg mg
q q
Q67. Consider the normal incidence of a plane electromagnetic wave with electric field given
by 0 1 ˆexpE E k z t x
over an interface at 0z separating two media [wave
velocities 1v and 2 2 1v v v and wave vectors 1k and 2k , respectively] as shown in
figure. The magnetic field vector of the reflected wave is ( is the angular frequency)
(a) 01
1
ˆexpE
i k z t yv
(b) 01
1
ˆexpE
i k z t yv
(c) 01
1
ˆexpE
i k z t yv
(d) 0
11
ˆexpE
i k z t yv
045
l
q
m
z
2v
2k Medium2Medium11v
1k
y
O
x
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 34
Ans. : (c)
Q68. During the charging of a capacitor C in a series RC circuit, the typical variations in the
magnitude of the charge q t deposited on one of the capacitor plates, and the current
i t in the circuit, respectively are best represented by
(a) Figure I and figure II (b) Figure I and Figure IV
(c) Figure III and figure II (d) Figure III and figure IV
Ans. : (a)
Q69. Which one of the following is an impossible magnetic field B
?
(a) 2 2 3ˆ ˆ3 2B x z x xz z
(b) 3
2ˆ ˆ ˆ2 23
zB xyx yz y yz z
(c) 2
3 3ˆ ˆ ˆ42
zB xz y x yx y x z z
(d) 2ˆ ˆ6 3B xzx yz y
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Check that 0B
(a) 2 26 6 0B xz xz
(b) 2 22 2 0B y z y z
(c) 3 3 0B z x x z
(d) 26 3 0B z z
q
0 t
Fig.Ii
0 t
Fig.IVq
0 t
Fig.IIIi
0 t
Fig.II
z
Medium2Medium1
y
O
x
E
B
E
B
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 35
Q70. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
(a) Newton’s laws of motion and Maxwell’s equations are both invariant under Lorentz
transformations
(b) Newton’s laws of motion and Maxwell’s equations are both invariant under Galilean
transformations
(c) Newton’s laws of motion are invariant under Galilean transformations and Maxwell’s
equations are invariant under Lorentz transformations
(d) Newton’s laws of motion are invariant under Lorenz transformations and Maxwell’s
equations are invariant under Galilean transformations
Ans. : (c)
Q71. Out of the following statements, choose the correct option(s) about a perfect conductor.
(a) The conductor has an equipotential surface
(b) Net charge, if any, resides only on the surface of conductor
(c) Electric field cannot exist inside the conductor
(d) Just outside the conductor, the electric field is always perpendicular to its surface
Ans.: (a), (b), (c), (d)
Q72. The electrostatic energy (in units of 0
1
4J
) of a uniformly charged spherical shell of
total charge 5C and radius 4 m is______. (Round off to 3 decimal places)
Ans.: 3.125
Solution: 2 2
0 0
1
8 4 2
q qW
R R
0
1 25
4 2 4W Joules
0
13.125
4Joules
Q73. An infinitely long very thin straight wire carries uniform line charge
density 28 10 /C m . The magnitude of electric displacement vector at a point located
20 mm away from the axis of the wire is ___________ 2/C m .
Ans. : 2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 36
Solution: 2 20
0
8 10 / ,2 2
c m E D Er r
2
2 23
8 10 4/ 2 /
2 20 10 2D c m C m
Q74. A surface current ˆ100 A/mK x
flows on the surface 0z , which separates two media
with magnetic permeabilities 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. If the magnetic field in
the region 1 is 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ4 6 2B x y z mT
, then the magnitude of the normal component of 2B
will be ________ mT
Ans. : 2
Solution: 2 1 ˆ2B B zmT (Since 1 ˆ2B zmT )
ˆ100 /K x A m
n2B
62 10 10 /H m
0z
x0z
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ4 6 2B x y z mT
61 5 10 /H m
0z
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Kinetic Theory, Thermodynamics
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. The molar specific heat of a gas as given from the kinetic theory is .2
5R If it is not
specified whether it is PC or VC , one could conclude that the molecules of the gas
(a) are definitely monatomic (b) are definitely rigid diatomic
(c) are definitely non-rigid diatomic (d) can be monatomic or rigid diatomic
Ans. : (d)
Solution: If molecule is mono atomic, then 5
2p
RC
And if molecule is rigid diatomic then 5
2V
RC
Q2. The value of entropy at absolute zero of temperature would be
(a) zero for all the materials
(b) finite for all the materials
(c) zero for some materials and non-zero for others
(d) unpredictable for any material
Ans. : (a)
Solution: If system will achieve absolute zero then it is perfectly ordered system then entropy
will be zero.
Q3. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?
(a) Indistinguishable particles obey Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics
(b) All particles of an ideal Bose gas occupy a single energy state at 0T
(c) The integral spin particles obey Bose-Einstein statistics
(d) Protons obey Fermi-Dirac statistics
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Distinguishable particles obey Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
IIT-JAM 2006
Q4. A solid melts into a liquid via first order phase transition. The relationship between the
pressure P and the temperature T of the phase transition is 02P T P , where 0P is a
constant. The entropy change associated with the phase transition is 1 11.0 J mole K . The
Clausius-Clapeyron equation for the latent heat is vdT
dPTL
. Here solidliquid vvv
is the change in molar volume at the phase transition. The correct statement relating the
values of the volumes is
(a) solidliquid vv (b) 1 solidliquid vv
(c) 2
1 solidliquid vv (d) 2 solidquid vv
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Since 02P T P 2dP
dT
It is given vdT
dPTL
2L T v 2
dLv
dT
Since -1 -11.0 Jmole KdS , 1dQ mdL
dST dT
1
1 22
v v
IIT-JAM 2007
Q5. Experimental measurements of heat capacity per mole of Aluminum at low temperatures
show that the data can be fitted to the formula, 3VC aT bT , where
2 1 5 4 10.00135 , 2.48 10a JK mole b JK mole and T is the temperature in Kelvin.
The entropy of a mole of Aluminum at such temperatures is given by the formula
(a) ,3
3 cTb
aT where 0c is a constant (b) ,42
3 cTbaT
where 0c is a constant
(c) 3
3T
baT (d) 3
42T
baT
Ans. : (a)
Solution: vc dTds
T
3aT bTs dT
T
3
3
baT T c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
IIT-JAM 2008
Q6. The chemical potential of an ideal Bose gas at any temperature is
(a) necessarily negative (b) either zero or negative
(c) necessarily positive (d) either zero or positive
Ans. : (b)
Solution: The chemical potential of an ideal Bose gas at any temperature is either zero or
negative.(zero in case of photon ).
Q7. A thermodynamic system is maintained at constant temperature and pressure. In
thermodynamic equilibrium, its
(a) Gibbs free energy is minimum (b) enthalpy is maximum
(c) Helmholtz free energy is minimum (d) internal energy is zero
Ans. : (a)
Solution: A thermodynamic system is maintained at constant temperature and pressure can be
defined by Gibbs energy 0dG SdT VdP i.e. Gibbs free energy is minimum.
IIT-JAM 2009
Q8. A box containing 2 moles of a diatomic ideal gas at temperature 0T is connected to
another identical box containing 2 moles of a monatomic ideal gas at temperature 05T .
There are no thermal losses and the heat capacity of the boxes is negligible. Find the final
temperature of the mixture of gases (ignore the vibrational degrees of freedom for the
diatomic molecules).
(a) 0T (b) 01.5T (c) 02.5T (d) 03T
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Internal energy of the system remains conserve i.e. monoatomic diatomic mixtureU U U
11 1monotomic VU n C T , 22 2diatomic VU n C T
1
5
2v
RC ,
2
3
2v
RC , 1 2 2n n , 1 0T T , 2 05T T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
Let the common temperature of mixture is T and specific heat is 1 21 2
1 2
V VV
n C n CC
n n
and
number of moles of mixture is 1 2n n n , then
1 21 1 2 2 02.5V V Vn C T n C T nC T T T
Q9. Isothermal compressibility Tk of a substance is defined as 1
TT
Vk
V P
. Its value for
n moles of an ideal gas will be
(a) P
1 (b)
P
n (c)
P
1 (d)
P
n
Ans. : (c)
Solution: PV nRT and 1
TT
Vk
V P
1
P .
IIT-JAM 2010
Q10. A gas of molecules each having mass m is in thermal equilibrium at a temperature T .
Let , ,x y zv v v be the Cartesian components of velocity, v
, of a molecules. The mean value
of 2zyx vvv is
(a) m
TkB221 (b) m
TkB221
(c) m
TkB22 (d) m
TkB22
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2x y z x y y x y z x y zv v v v v v v v v v v v
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2x y z x y y x y z x y zv v v v v v v v v v v v
2 2 2 Bx y z
k Tv v v
m and 0x y zv v v
2 2 21 Bx y z
k Tv v v
m
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
Q11. A trapped air bubble of volume 0V is released from a depth h measured from the water
surface in a large water tank. The volume of the bubble grows to 02V as it reaches just
below the surface. The temperature of the water and the pressure above the surface of
water ( 5 210 /N m ) remain constant throughout the process. If the density of water is
31000 /kg m and the acceleration due to gravity is 210 /m s , then the depth h is
(a) 1m (b) 10m (c) 50m (d) 100 m
Ans. : (b)
Solution: At depth h pressure 1 0P P gh and volume 1 0V V
At surface pressure 2 0P P and volume 2 02V V
Then, 1 1 2 2PV PV
5
0 0 00 0 0 0 3
0
1 102 10
10 10
PV PP gh V P V h m
gV g
5 20 10 /P N m , 210 /g m s , 31000 / 10kg m h m
IIT-JAM 2011
Q12. Consider free expansion of one mole of an ideal gas in an adiabatic container from
volume 1V to 2V . The entropy change of the gas, calculated by considering a reversible
process between the original state 1,V T to the final state 2 ,V T , where T is the
temperature of the system is denoted by 1S . The corresponding change in the entropy of
the surrounding is 2S . Which of the following combinations is correct?
(a) 1 1 2 2 1 2ln / , ln /S R V V S R V V
(b) 1 1 2 2 1 2ln / , ln /S R V V S R V V
(c) 1 2 1 2ln / , 0S R V V S
(d) 1 2 1 2ln / , 0S R V V S
Ans. : (c)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
Solution: Free expansion is irreversible process when gas expand 1V to 2V which can be
explained by choosing any path between two state (because entropy is state function). So
one can choose reversible isothermal process.
So, 21
1
lnV
S RV
. Hence it is free expansion so entropy of surrounding is 2 0S .
Q13. A gas of molecular mass m is at temperature T . If the gas obeys Maxwell-Boltzmann
velocity distribution, the average speed of molecules is given by
(a) Bk T
m (b)
2 Bk T
m (c)
2 Bk T
m (d)
8 Bk T
m
Ans. : (d)
Solution: The velocity distribution function
3/ 2 2
24 , 02 2
m mvf v v dv v
kT kT
Now,
23/ 2
22
0
, 42
mv
kTmv v e v dv
kT
23 / 2 3 / 2 23 2
0
1 24 4 2
2 2 2
mv
kTm m kTv e dv
kT kT m
2
1 2 2 84 1 2
2 2 2 2
m m kT m kT kT
kT kT m kT m m
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
IIT-JAM 2012
Q14. For a liquid to vapour phase transition at trT , which of the following plots between
specific Gibbs free energy g and temperature T is correct?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
Solution: dG VdP SdT
Q15. A tiny dust particle of mass 111.4 10 kg is floating in air at 300 K . Ignoring gravity, its
rms speed (in /m s ) due to random collisions with air molecules will be closest to
(a) 0.3 (b) 3 (c) 30 (d) 300
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 23
611
3 3 1.38 10 30030 10 /
1.4 10rms
kTv m s
m
Q16. When the temperature of a blackbody is doubled, the maximum value of its spectral
energy density, with respect to that at initial temperature, would become
(a) 16
1 times (b) 8 times (c) 16 times (d) 32 times
Liquid Vapour
TtrT
g
Liquid Vapour
TtrT
g
Liquid Vapour
TtrT
g
Liquid Vapour
TtrT
g
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 4 4
4 1 1 22 1 14 4
2 2 1
16U T T
U T U U UU T T
IIT-JAM 2013
Q17. A blackbody at temperature T emits radiation at a peak wavelength . If the temperature
of the blackbody becomes T4 , the new peak wavelength is
(a) 256
1 (b)
64
1 (c)
16
1 (d)
4
1
Ans. : (d)
Solution: From wein Law, 1max 11max 1 2max 2 2max
2 4 4
T TT T
T T
Q18. Let FDBEMB NNN ,, denote the number of ways in which two particles can be distributed
in two energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac
statistics respectively. Then FDBEMB NNN :: is
(a) 1:3:4 (b) 3:2:4 (c) 3:3:4 (d) 2:3:4
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 2, 2,N g 2n
For Maxwell, Boltzmann, 222 4
2nN
W gn
For Boson, 2, 2, 2N g n ; 1 2 2 1
31 2 2 1
n gW
n g
For Fermion, 2, 2,N g 2n ; 2
12 1
gW
g g n
Q19. Two thermally isolated identical systems have heat capacities which vary as
3TCv (where 0 ). Initially one system is at 300 K and the other at 400 K . The
systems are then brought into thermal contact and the combined system is allowed to
reach thermal equilibrium. The final temperature of the combined system is………….
Ans. : 357 360K T K
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
Solution: There is not a unique value of temperature rather range of temperature
The maximum temperature when work done is zero so 1 2 0dQ dQ
max max4 44
3 3 max
300 400
300 4000 2 0
4 4 4
T T Tm T dT m T dT
4 44
max max
300 400360
2T T K
The minimum temperature of system, when process is reversible so change in entropy of
system is zero
1 0 0S S
min min3 3
300 4000
T Tm T m TdT dT
T T
min
2 23
min
300 400357
2T T K
So 357 360K T K
IIT-JAM 2014
Q20. In 1 - dimension, an ensemble of N classical particles has energy of the form
.2
1
22
2
kxm
PE x The average internal energy of the system at temperature T is
(a) TNkB2
3 (b) TNkB2
1 (c) TNkB3 (d) TNkB
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Since, 2
21
2 2nP
E kxm
Now, 2 21 1
2 2 2 2x
kT kTE P k x kT
m
And for N - classical particle, E NkT
Q21. A solid metallic cube of heat capacity S is at temperature 300 K . It is brought in contact
with a reservoir at 600 K . If the heat transfer takes place only between the reservoir and
the cube, the entropy change of the universe after reaching the thermal equilibrium is
(a) 0.69 S (b) 0.54 S (c) 0.27 S (d) 0.19S
Ans. : (d)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
Solution: Heat taken by cube 600 300 300S S J
entropy change of res300
0.5600
QS S
T
entropy change of cube 600
5ln 0.69300
S
0.5 0.69 0.19univS S S S
Q22. A real gas has specific volume V at temperature T . Its coefficient of volume expansion
and isothermal compressibility are and ,Tk respectively. Its molar specific heat at
constant pressure pC and molar specific heat at constant volume vC are related as
(a) RCC vp (b) T
vp k
TvCC
(c) T
vp k
TvCC
2 (d) vp CC
Ans. : (c)
Q23. At atmospheric pressure ,Pa105 aluminium melts at 550 K . As it melts, its density
decreases from 33 kg/m103 to .kg/m109.2 33 Latent heat of fusion of aluminium is
324 10 J/kg . The melting point of aluminium at a pressure of Pa107 is closest to
(a) 551.3K (b) 552.6 K (c) 558.7 K (d) 547.4 K
Ans. : (a)
Solution:
240001 1
2900 3000
fu
fi
Ldp
dT T V V T
As 1
V
62088 10dp
dT T
62088 10
dTdp
T
or 62088 10 lnp T C
At 510 Pa , 550T K
5 610 2088 10 ln 550 C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
913.18 10C
At 710 Pa , 7 6 910 2088 10 ln 13.18 10T
T antilog 6.31
On solving, 550.1T K
IIT-JAM 2015
Q24. A system consists of N number of particles, 1N . Each particle can have only one of
the two energies 1E or 01 E . If the system is in equilibrium at a temperature T ,
the average number of particles with energy 1E is
(a) 2
N (b)
/ 1kT
N
e (c)
/ 1kT
N
e (d) kTNe /
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 1 12 1 E EE E
kT kT kTN Ne Ne N Ne
Q25. A rigid and thermally isolated tank is divided into two compartments of equal volumeV ,
separated by a thin membrane. One compartment contains one mole of an ideal gas A
and the other compartment contains one mole of a different ideal gas B . The two gases
are in thermal equilibrium at a temperature T . If the membrane ruptures, the two gases
mix. Assume that the gases are chemically inert. The change in the total entropy of the
gases on mixing is
(a) 0 (b) 2lnR (c) 2ln2
3R (d) 2ln2R
Ans. : (d)
Solution: For A , number of microstate after mixing is 2
For A , number of microstate before mixing is 1
ln 2 ln1 ln 2AS R R R
Similarly, for B ln 2BS R 2 ln 2A BS S S R
A B
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
Q26. A rigid triangular molecule consists of three non-collinear atoms joined by rigid rods.
The constant pressure molar specific heat pC of an ideal gas consisting of such
molecules is
(a) R6 (b) R5 (c) R4 (d) R3
Ans. : (c)
Solution: D.O.F 6 6
2
RTU 3V
V
UC R
T
4P VC C R R
Q27. As shown in the VP diagram AB and CD are two isotherms at temperatures 1T and
2T , respectively 21 TT . AC and BD are two reversible adiabats. In this Carnot cycle,
which of the following statements are true?
(a) 1 2
1 2
Q Q
T T
(b) The entropy of the source decreases
(c) The entropy of the system increases
(d) Work done by the system 21 QQW
Ans. : (a), (b) and (d)
Q28. In the thermodynamic cycle shown in the figure, one mole of a monatomic ideal gas is
taken through a cycle. AB is a reversible isothermal
expansion at a temperature of K800 in which the volume of
the gas is doubled. BC is an isobaric contraction to the
original volume in which the temperature is reduced to K300 .
CA is a constant volume process in which the pressure and
temperature return to their initial values. The net amount of
heat (in Joules) absorbed by the gas in one complete cycle is…………….
Ans. : 452
Solution: Process A B is isothermal expansion
800 , ,A A AT K V P and 800 , 2 ,2A
B B A B
PT K V V P , 8.314 /R J K
Process B C is isobaric
V
2T
1TB
1QP
C2Q D
A
2P
V V2
1P
C B
A
Volume
Pre
ssur
e
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
2A
C B
PP P , C AV V , 300CT K ,
51,
2n
C A is Isochoric
For process A B , 1 ln 4610BA
A
VQ nRT J
V
2 300 8001 1P
n R TQ nC T R
= 10392 J
3 800 3001
RQ
500 6235.5
1
RJ
Total heat exchange is 1 2 3 452Q Q Q
Q29. One gram of ice at Co0 is melted and heated to water at Co39 . Assume that the specific
heat remains constant over the entire process. The latent heat of fusion of ice is
80 Calories/gm. The entropy change in the process (in Calories per degree) is………….
Ans. : 0.39
Solution: 1
1 80
273
MLS
T
,
302
2 273
dTS MC
T 2
3021 1ln
273S
1 2S S S 80 302
1.1ln 0.29 0.1 0.39273 273
S
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
IIT-JAM 2016
Q30. A spherical closed container with smooth inner wall contains a monoatomic ideal gas. If
the collisions between the wall and the atoms are elastic, then the Maxwell speed-
distribution function vdn
dv
for the atoms is best represented by:
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 2
2 exp2
dn mvv
dv kT
Q31. For an ideal gas, which one of the following -T S diagram is valid?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
Solution: ,V PV P
S SC T C T
T T
, P VC C from the slope of -T S diagram one can plot
isochoric and isobaric plot.
vdn
dv
0 v
vdn
dv
0 v
vdn
dv
0 v
vdn
dv
0 v
TIsochor
Isobar
S
T
Isochor
Isobar
S
T Isochor
Isobar
S
T Isochor
Isobar
S
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Q32. If , ,U F H and G represent internal energy, Helmholtz free energy, enthalpy and Gibbs
free energy respectively, then which one of the following is a correct thermodynamic
relation?
(a) dU PdV TdS (b) dH VdP TdS
(c) dF PdV SdT (d) dG VdP SdT
Ans. : (b) Solution: H U PV dH dU PdV VdP TdS PdV PdV VdP dH VdP TdS
Q33. One mole of an ideal gas with average molecular speed 0v is kept in a container of fixed
volume. If the temperature of the gas is increased such that the average speed gets
doubled, then
(a) the mean free path of the gas molecule will increase
(b) the mean free path of the gas molecule will not change
(c) the mean free path of the gas molecule will decrease
(d) the collision frequency of the gas molecule with wall of the container remains
unchanged.
Ans. : (b)
Solution: For fixed volume if temperature is increased then pressure is also increased by same
amount so mean free path will not change.
22
kT
d P
Q34. The P V diagram below shows three possible paths for an ideal
gas to reach the final state f from an initial state i . Which among
the following statements s is (are) correct?
(a) The work done by the gas is maximum along path -3 .
(b) Minimum change in the internal energy occurs along path - 2 .
(c) Maximum heat transfer is for path - 1
(d) Heat transfer is path independent
Ans. : (a)
Pi
32
1 f
V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Solution: Work done is area under curve so it is maximum in path 3 Hence change in internal
energy is same in all path so heat exchange is also maximum in path 3
Q35. A cylinder contains 16 g of 2O . The work done when the gas is compressed to 75% of
the original volume at constant temperature of 027 C is………………. J .
[Universal gas constant 8.31 / moleR J K ]
160.5, 300
32n T K
Ans. : 358
Solution: .75 75 1
ln 8.31 300 ln 0.75 358100 2
V
V
dVW PdV nRT nRT J
V
Q36. An aluminum plate of mass 0.1 kg at 095 C is immersed in 0.5 litre of water at 020 C
kept inside an insulating container and is then removed. If the temperature of the water is
found to be 023 C , then the temperature of the aluminum plate is………… 0C
(The specific heat of water and aluminum are 4200 /J kg K and 900 /J kg K
respectively, the density of water is 31000 /kg m ).
Ans. : 94.36
Solution: f i f ia a a a w w w wM S T T M S T T 0.1 4200 368 0.5 900 296 293afT
4502100 368 450 3 368 0.64
700af afT T
368 .64 367.36afT 367.36 273 94.36
Q37. If there is a 10% decrease in the atmospheric pressure at a hill compared to the pressure
at sea level, then the change in the boiling point of water is………………. 0C
(Take latent heat of vaporisation of water as 2270 /kJ kg and the change in the specific
volume at the boiling point to be 31.2 /m kg )
Ans. : 2
Solution: 5
2 02 13
2 1
1 0.1 1.01 10 373 1.20.02 10 2
2270 10
V VdP LdT dP T C
dT T V V L
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
IIT-JAM 2017
Q38. Consider a system of N particles obeying classical statistics, each of which can have an
energy 0 or E . The system is in thermal contact with a reservoir maintained at a
temperature T . Let k denote the Boltzmann constant. Which one of the following
statements regarding the total energy U and the heat capacity C of the system is correct?
(a) /1 E kT
NEU
e
and
/
2/1
E kT
E kT
NE eC k
kT e
(b) /1 E kT
NE EU
kT e
and
/
2/1
E kT
E kT
NE eC k
kT e
(c) /1 E kT
NEU
e
and
2 /
2 2/1
E kT
E kT
NE eC k
kT e
(d) /1 E kT
NEU
e
and
2 /
2 2/1
E kT
E kT
NE eC k
kT e
Ans. : (c), (d) Solution: Since, 1 20,E E E , For one particle,
1 21 2
1 2
exp exp
exp exp
E EE E
kT kTU
E EkT kT
exp
1 exp
EE
kTEkT
1 exp
EEkT
So for N Particle 1 exp
NEU
EkT
V
dUC
dT
2 /
2 2/1
E kT
E kT
NE ek
kT e
Q39. Consider two identical, finite, isolated systems of constant heat capacity C at
temperature 1T and 2 1 2T T T . An engine works between them until their temperatures
become equal. Taking into account that the work performed by the engine will be
maximum maxW if the process is reversible (equivalently, the entropy change of the
entire system is zero), the value of maxW is:
(a) 1 2C T T (b) 1 2
2
C T T (c) 1 2 1 2C T T TT (d) 2
1 2C T T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
Ans. : (d)
Solution: For maximum, 2
1 21 2
ln 0ff
TdS C T T T
T T
max 1 2 1 2 2f f fdW C T T C T T C T T T
2
1 2 2 1 1 22C T T T T C T T
Q40. A white dwarf star has V and contains N electrons so that the density of electrons is
Nn
V . Taking the temperature of the star to be 0 K , the average energy per electron in
the star is 2
2/320
33
10n
m
, where m is the mass of the electron. The electronic
pressure in the star is:
(a) 0n (b) 02n (c) 0
1
3n (d) 0
2
3n
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Since, 2 2
2/3 2 /32 20 2/3
3 3 13 3
10 10n N
m m V
and 0U N
2
2/32 5/300
3 2 23
10 3 3
ddUP N N N V n
dV dV m
Q41. In the radiation emitted by a black body, the ratio of the spectral densities at frequencies
2 and will vary with as:
(a) 1/ 1Bh k Te
(b) 1/ 1Bh k Te
(c) / 1Bh k Te (d) / 1Bh k Te
Ans. : (b) Solution: The ratio of spectral density at the frequencies 2 and
12
exp 1 exp 1 exp 1 11 2
exp 1 exp 1 exp 1 exp 1exp 1
h h hkT kT kT
h h h hh kT kT kT kTkT
1/ 1Bh k Te
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
Q42. An isolated box is divided into two equal compartments by a partition (see figure). One
compartment contains a van der Waals gas while the other compartment is empty. The
partition between the two compartments is now removed. After the gas has filled the
entire box and equilibrium has been achieved, which of the following statement(s) is (are)
correct?
(a) Internal energy of the gas has not changed
(b) Internal energy of the gas has decreased
(c) Temperature of the gas has increased
(d) Temperature of the gas has decreased
Ans. : (a) and (d)
Solution: It is the example of free expansion, so Internal energy of the gas has not changed
Va
dU C T dVV
For van der Waal gas, 2V
adU C dT dV
V
For keeping internal energy constant, if dV increases then dT must decrease
Q43. Consider a Carnot engine operating between temperature of 600 K and 400 K . The
engine performs 1000 J of work per cycle. The heat (in Joules) extracted per cycle from
the high temperature reservoir is…………..
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 3000
Solution: 21
1 1 1 1
400 1000 1000 21 1 3000
600 6
T WQ J
T Q Q Q
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
IIT-JAM 2018
Q44. Two boxes A and B contain an equal number of molecules of the same gas. If the
volumes are AV and BV and A and B denote respective mean free paths, then
(a) A B (b) A B
A BV V
(c)
1/ 2 1/ 2A B
A BV V
(d) A A B BV V
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2 2 2
1
2 2 2
kT VV
d P d n d N
, where
Nn
V
,A A B BKV KV
A B
A BV V
Q45. Which one of the figures correctly represents the T S diagram of a Carnot engine?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (b)
Solution:
A B Isothermal expansion
B C Adiabatic expansion
C D Isothermal compression
D A Adiabatic compression
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
P
V
AB
CD
T
S
A B
CD
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
Q46. The equation of state for one mole of a non-ideal gas is given by 1B
PV AV
, where
the coefficient A and B are temperature dependent. If the volume changes from 1V to 2V
in an isothermal process, the work done by the gas is
(a) 1 2
1 1AB
V V
(b) 2
1
lnV
ABV
(c) 2
1 1 2
1 1ln
VA AB
V V V
(d) 2 1
1
lnV V
A BV
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 1B
PV AV
2
A ABP
V V
2 2
1 1
2
V V
V V
A ABW PdV dV dV
V V 2
1 1 2
1 1ln
VA AB
V V V
Q47. An ideal gas consists of three dimensional polyatomic molecules. The temperature is
such that only one vibrational mode is excited. If R denotes the gas constant, then the
specific heat at constant volume of one mole of the gas at this temperature is
(a) 3R (b) 7
2R (c) 4R (d)
9
2R
Ans.: (c)
Solution: For a polyatomic gas
4PC f R
3VC f R
As, 1, 4Vf C R
Q48. Consider an ensemble of thermodynamic systems each of which is characterized by the
same number of particles, pressure and temperature. The thermodynamic function
describing the ensemble is
(a) Enthalpy (b) Helmholtz free energy
(c) Gibbs free energy (d) Entropy
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
Ans. : (c)
Solution: The variable
G H TS
dG dH TdS SdT
TdS VdP TdS SdT
dG VdP SdT
Q49. Which of the following relations is (are) true for thermodynamic variables?
(a) VV
PTdS C dT T dV
T
(b) P
P
VTdS C dT T dP
T
(c) dF SdT PdV (d) dG SdT VdP
Ans. : (b), (d)
Solution: ,S S T V V T
S SdS dT dV
T V
VV
PTdS C dT T dV
T
(a) is correct.
,S S T P p T
S SdS dT dP
T P
P T
S STdS T dT T dP
T P
pP
VC dT T dP
T
, (b) is correct.
dF SdT PdV so (c) is incorrect
dG SdT PdV so (d) is correct
Q50. Consider a monoatomic ideal gas operating in a closed cycle as
shown in the P V diagram given below. The ratio 1
2
P
P is _______.
(Specific your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.16
Solution: For monoatomic gas 5
3r
1P
2P
P
13V1VV
adiabatic
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
For adiabatic problems 1 1 2 2r rPV PV
5/3
1 1
2 1 3
P V
P V
5
33 0 16
IIT-JAM 2019
Q51. The Fermi-Dirac distribution function n is
( Bk is the Boltzmann constant, T is the temperature and F is the Fermi energy)
(a) 1
1F
Bk T
n
e
(b) 1
1F
Bk T
n
e
(c) 1
1F
Bk T
n
e
(d) 1
1F
Bk T
n
e
Ans. : (c)
Q52. In a heat engine based on the Carnot cycle, heat is added to the working substance at
constant
(a) Entropy (b) Pressure
(c) Temperature (d) Volume
Ans. : (c)
Q53. Isothermal compressibility is given by
(a) 1
T
V
V P
(b)1
T
P
P V
(c)1
T
V
V P
(d)
1
T
P
P V
Ans. : (c)
Q54. A red star having radius Rr at a temperature RT and a white star having radius wr at a
temperature wT , radiate the same total power. If these stars radiate as perfect black bodies,
then
(a) andR w R wr r T T (b) andR w R wr r T T
(c) andR w R wr r T T (d) andR w R wr r T T
13V
P
2P
1S
1VV
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 4 1E AT 2 4 2 44 4W W R Rr T r T as W Rr r
2
RW R W R
W
rT T T T
r
Q55. During free expansion of an ideal gas under adiabatic condition, the internal energy of the
gas.
(a) Decreases (b) Initially decreases and then increases
(c) Increases (d) Remains constant
Ans. : (d)
Solution: As W U Q
0Q W U
Work is done at the expense of internal energy.
Q56. In the given phase diagram for a pure substance regions I, II, III, IV,
respectively represent
(a) Vapour, Gas, Solid, Liquid (b) Gas, Vapour, Liquid, solid
(c) Gas, Liquid, Vapour, solid (d) Vapour, Gas, Liquid, Solid
Ans. : (b)
Solution: IV – Solid
III – Liquid
II – Vapour
I – Gas (superheated dry vapour)
Q57. A thermodynamic system is described by the , ,P V T coordinates. Choose the valid
expression(s) for the system.
(a) T P V
P V P
V T T
(b)
T P V
P V P
V T T
(c) P V T
V T V
T P P
(d)
P V T
V T V
T P P
Ans. : (a), (c)
P
IV
T
CriticalPoint
IIIII I
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
Q58. Two gases having molecular diameters 1D and 2D and mean free paths 1 and 2 ,
respectively, are trapped separately in identical containers. If 2 12D D , then
1
2
_______.
(Assume there is no change in other thermodynamic parameters)
Ans. : 4
Solution: 2
1 22
2 1
14
x dx
d x d
Q59. A di-atomic gas undergoes adiabatic expansion against the piston of a cylinder. As a
result, the temperature of the gas drops from 1150 K to 400 K . The number of moles of
the gas required to obtain 2300 J of work from the expansion is ______. (The gas
constant -1 18.314 molR J K .)
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 0.1475
Solution: 7
5
2 1
1
nR T TW
V
400 1150
2300 8.3141 1.4
n
0.1475n
2
1
2 /d N V
2
1
d
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Modern Physics
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. If Hpe MandMM , are the rest masses of electron, proton and hydrogen atom in the
ground state (with energy 13.6 eV ), respectively, which of the following is exactly true?
( c is the speed of light in free space)
(a) epH MMM
(b) 2
6.13
c
eVMMM epH
(c) 2
6.13
c
eVMMM epH
(d) H p eM M M K , where 2
13.6 eVK
c or zero
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 22
. .. . p e H H p e
B EB E M M M c M M M
c where eVEB 6.13.. .
IIT-JAM 2006
Q2. Electrons of energy E coming from x impinge upon a potential barrier of width
2a and height 0V centered at the origin with EV 0 , as shown in the figure below. Let
EVmk
02
. In the region a x a , the electrons is a linear combination of
(a) kxe and kxe (b) ikxe and kxe (c) ikxe and ikxe (d) ikxe and kxe
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Since, EV 0 in region a x a . Thus, Schrodinger equation is given by
a a x
V
0V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
2 2
22 oV Em x
2
2 2
2 ( )0om V E
x
22
20k
x
where
EVmk
02
.
Thus, the solution of the wave equation is kxe and kxe , which is exponential in nature.
Q3. The relation between angular frequency and wave number k for given type of waves
is 2 3k k . The wave number 0k for which the phase velocity equals the group
velocity is,
(a)
3 (b)
3
1 (c)
(d)
2
1
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Group velocity, g
dV
dk
and phase velocity is pV
k
2 3 = k + k ………(A)
Differentiating both sides we get 22 . 3d
kdk
Now dividing both sides by k we will get
2 . 3d
kk dk k
2 . 3p gV V kk
For 0k k and p gV V
20
0
2 3pV kk
12
0
0
3
2 2p
kV
k
From equation (A) pVk
12
00
kk
Thus,
1 12 2
00
0 0
3
2 2
kk
k k
0
0
02 2
k
k
0k
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
Q4. A particle of rest mass 0m is moving uniformly in a straight line with relativistic velocity
c , where c is the velocity of light in vacuum and 0 1 . The phase velocity of the de Broglie wave associated with the particle is,
(a) c (b) c
(c) c (d) 2
c
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2 2 2 2 40E p c m c
2 22 2 . gdE
E pc E v pcdp
2 2
p pg
E c c cv v
p v c
Q5. A neutron of mass, 2710nm kg is moving inside a nucleus to be a cubical box of size
1410 m with impenetrable walls. Take 3410 Js and 131 10MeV J . An estimate of
the energy in MeV of the neutron is,
(a) 80 MeV (b) MeV8
1 (c) 8MeV (d) MeV
80
1
Ans:
Solution:
2342 2 68
2 2 27 2827 14
3 10 103 3 10 10
2 2 10 102 10 10n
Em a
13 13 1315 10 15 10 10 15J MeV MeV
IIT-JAM 2007
Q6. The following histogram represents the binding energy per particle ( . . /B E A ) in MeV as
a function of the mass number A of a
nucleus. A nucleus with mass number
180A fissions into two nuclei of
equal masses. In this process
(a) 180 MeV of energy is released
(b) 180 MeV of energy is absorbed
(c) 360 MeV of energy is released
(d) 360 MeV of energy is absorbed
2
4
6
8
40 80 120 160 200
AB.E.
A
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
Ans. : (c)
Solution: 909018022
orAA
A
Product B.E MeV1080690690
B.E. of nucleus A MeV7204180
Since, B.E of the product nucleus is greater than the nucleus A, hence in this process
energy is released and that is MeVMeV 3607201080 .
Q7. The black body spectrum of an object 1O is such that its radiant intensity (i.e., intensity
per unit wavelength interval) is maximum at a wavelength of 200nm . Another object 2O
has the maximum radiant intensity at 600nm . The ratio of power emitted per unit area by
1O to that of 2O is
(a) 81
1 (b)
9
1 (c) 9 (d) 81
Ans. : (d)
Solution: From Wein’s law T k , where k is a constant. Thus, 1 2
2 1
T
T
1
2
3T
T
Power ( P ) is proportional to 4T4
1 14
2 2
81P T
P T
Q8. A particle is confined in a one dimensional box with impenetrable walls at x a . Its
energy eigenvalue is 2eV and the corresponding eigenfunction is as shown below.
The lowest possible energy of the particle is
(a) 4eV (b) 2eV (c) 1eV (d) 0.5eV
Ans. : (d)
Solution: The given state is representation of first exited state whose energy is 2eV .
If nE is energy of thn state and 0E is energy of ground state then, 20nE n E .
So, 2 04 2E E eV 0 0.5E eV
a 0 a
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
IIT-JAM 2008
Q9. A photon of wavelength is incident on a free electron at rest and is scattered in the
backward direction. The functional shift in its wavelength in terms of the Compton
wavelength c of the electron is,
(a) 2
C (b) 3
2 C (c) 2
3 C (d) C2
Ans. : (d)
Solution: (1 cos )c
When photon scattered in backward direction then . So, 2 c
Functional shift is
=C2
Q10. In an inertial frame S , a stationary rod makes an angle with the x -axis. Another
inertial frame S moves with a velocity v with respect to S along the common -x x
axis. As observed from S the angle made by the rod with the x - axis is . Which of
the following statement is correct?
(a)
(b)
(c) if v is negative and if v is positive
(d) if v is negative and if v is positive
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 2
0 2cos 1x
vl l
c , 0 sinyl l
2
2
tantan
1
y
x
l
l v
c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
Q11. The activity of a radioactive sample is decreased to 75% of the initial value after 30 days.
The half-life (in days) of the sample is approximately
[You may use ln 3 1.1, ln 4 1.4 ]
(a) 38 (b) 45 (c) 59 (d) 69
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 100
11.14.1
30
1
3
4ln
30
1
4/3ln
30
1ln
1
0
00
R
R
R
R
t
1/ 2
0.693 0.69369.3
1/100T
day.
IIT-JAM 2009
Q12. A wave packet in a certain medium is constructed by superposing waves of frequency
around 0 100 and the corresponding wave-number k with 0 10k as given in the
table below,
k
81.00 9.0
90.25 9.5
100.00 10.0
110.25 10.5
121.00 11.0
Find the ratio /g pv v of the group velocity gv and the phase velocity pv .
(a) 2
1 (b) 1 (c)
2
3 (d) 2
Ans. : (d)
Solution: For 0 100 and 0 10k k the phase velocity is 0
0pv
k
=10
The group velocity is 2 1
2 1gv
k k k
=110.25 90.25
2010.5 9.5
202
10g
p
v
v
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
Q13. Two spherical nuclei have mass numbers 216 and 64 with their radii 1R and 2R ,
respectively. The ratio 2
1
R
R is
(a) 1.0 (b) 1.5 (c) 2.0 (d) 2.5
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 5.14
6
64
2163/13/1
2
1
2
1
A
A
R
R
IIT-JAM 2010
Q14. A particle of mass m is confined in a two-dimensional infinite square well potential of
side a . The eigen-energy of the particle in a given state is 2
2225
maE
. The state is
(a) 4 -fold degenerate (b) 3 -fold degenerate
(c) 2 -fold degenerate (d) Non-degenerate
Ans. : (d)
Solution: The eigen-energy of the particle in a given state is given by
2 22 2
2( )
2 x yE n nma
where 1,2,3...xn 1, 2,3...yn
2 2
2
25E
ma
can be obtained by 5xn and 5yn which is non degenerate .
Q15. For a wave in a medium the angular frequency and the wave vector k
are related by,
2220
2 kc , where 0 and c are constants. The product of group and phase
velocities, i.e., pg vv . is
(a) 20.25c (b) 20.4c (c) 20.5c (d) 2c
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 2220
2 kc
22 2d
c kdk
2dc
k dk
2.p gv v c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Q16. Three identical non-interacting particles, each of spin 1
2 and mass m , are moving in a
one-dimensional infinite potential well given by,
0 for 0
for 0 and
x aV x
x x a
The energy of the lowest energy state of the system is
(a) 2
22
ma
(b)
2
222
ma
(c)
2
223
ma
(d)
2
22
2
5
ma
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Spin 1
2s means particles are fermions and it will obey Pauli Exclusion Principle.
Degeneracy, 2 1 2g s g means in every state maximum 2 identical particle can
be adjusted. If we have three fermions, then in ground state two fermions will be adjusted
and one fermion in next higher level will be adjusted. Thus, the energy of the lowest
energy state of the system is 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
4 62
2 2 2ma ma ma
=
2 2
2
3
ma
IIT-JAM 2011
Q17. The wave function of a quantum mechanical particle is given by
xxx 21 5
4
5
3
where 1 x and 2 x are eigenfunctions with corresponding energy eigenvalues
1eV and 2eV , respectively. The energy of the particle in the state is
(a) eV25
41 (b) eV5
11 (c) eV25
36 (d) eV5
7
Ans. : (a)
Solution: H
E
= 9 16
1 225 25
eV eV = eV25
41
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
Q18. Light described by the equation 15 190 / sin 6.28 10E V m s t
15 1sin 12.56 10 s t is incident on a metal surface. The work function of the metal is
2.0eV . Maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons will be,
(a) 2.14eV (b) 4.28eV (c) 6.28eV (d) 12.56eV
Ans. : (c)
Solution: maxK W
For given wave maximum kinetic energy is for highest so 15 112.56 10 sec
34 15 1 19
19
6.6 10 s 12.56 10 82.8 108.24
2 6.28 1.6 10
J s JeV eV
max 8.24 2 6.24K W eV eV eV
IIT-JAM 2012
Q19. Light takes 4 hours to cover the distance from Sun to Neptune. If you travel in a
spaceship at a speed 0.99c (where c is the speed of light in vacuum), the time (in
minutes) required to cover the same distance measured with a clock on the spaceship will
be approximately
(a) 34 (b) 56 (c) 85 (d) 144
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 22
0 2 2
0.991 4 60 60 1 4 60 60 .14
cvl ct c c m
c c
4 60 60 .14min 33.9 34min
.99 60
ct
c
Q20. Co6027 is a radioactive nucleus of half-life s8102ln2 . The activity of 10 g of Co60
27 in
disintegrations per second is,
(a) 10105
1 (b) 10105 (c) 1410
5
1 (d) 14105
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
Ans. : (d)
Solution: NR , where 23 23106 10 10
60N
198888
2/1
10510386.1
693.0
10386.1
693.0
103010.0303.22
693.0
102ln2
693.0693.0
sT
Thus, 9 23 14105 10 6 10 5 10
60R .
IIT-JAM 2013
Q21. Electric field component of an electromagnetic radiation varies with time as,
tttaE 00 cossincos , where a is a constant and the values of and 0 are
115101 s and 115105 s respectively. This radiation falls on a metal of work function
eV2 . The maximum kinetic energy (in eV ) of photoelectrons is
(a) 64.0 (b) 30.1 (c) 70.1 (d) 95.1
Ans. : (b)
Solution: maxK W
For given wave, maximum kinetic energy is for highest , so 15 10 5 10 sec
34 15 1 19
0 19
6.6 10 s 5 10 33 103.28
2 6.28 1.6 10
J s JeV
max 3.28 2 1.28K W eV eV eV
Q22. A free particle of mass m is confined to a region of length L . The de Broglie wave
associated with the particle is sinusoidal in nature as given in the figure. The energy of
the particle is
Ans. :
Solution: If wavelength of standing wave is and length of wall is L then from the figure
3
2L
2
3
L .
03/L 3/2L L
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
If p is momentum and is wavelength, then from de-Broglie hypothesis h
p
, thus
3
2
hp
L .
When particle is confined into a box then total energy is only kinetic energy which is
given by 2
2
pE
m put the value of
3
2
hp
L one will get
2
2
9
8
hE
mL .
IIT-JAM 2014
Q23. In a photoelectric effect experiment, ultraviolet light of wavelength 320 nm falls on the
photocathode with work function of 2.1 eV. The stopping potential should be close to
(a) 1.8 V (b) 1.6 V (c) 2.2 V (d) 2.4V
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Since, .K E eV W hc WV
e e
Now, 9320 10 , 2.1m W eV
34 8
19 9
6.6 10 3 102.1
1.6 10 320 10V
3.867 2.1 3.9 2.1V 1.8 V .
Thus, option (a) is correct.
Q24. Four particles of mass m each are inside a two dimensional square box of side L . If each
state obtained from the solution of the Schrodinger equation is occupied by only one
particle, the minimum energy of the system in units of 2
2
mL
h is
(a) 2 (b) 2
5 (c)
2
11 (d)
4
25
Ans. : (b)
Solution: For 2 - Dimensional box, possible configurations are 1,1 , 2,1 , 2, 2
Now, ground state energy 2 2
2 222 x yn n
mL
; let 2 2
0 22E
mL
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
0 0 02 1 2 5 1 8E E E 2 2
0 220 20
2E
mL
2
2
5
2E
mL
Thus, option (b) is correct
Q25. Two frames, O and ,O are in relative motion as shown.
O is moving with speed / 2c , where c is the speed of light.
In frame O , two separate events occur at 11 , tx and
., 22 tx In frame ,O these events occur simultaneously.
The value of 1212 / ttxx is
(a) 4/c (b) 2/c (c) c2 (d) c
Ans.: (c) 2 22 2
21
x vtx
vc
1 1 2 11 2 12 2
2 21 1
x vt x xx x x
v vc c
1 2 12 12 2
2 2 12 2
2 2
,
1 1
Vn vxt t
c ct t tv vc c
2 2
2 2 221
v cx t t
c v
2 2
2 1 2 1 21
v cx x t t
c v
2 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
1
1
v ct t
c vx xvc
2 2 2
2 12 2 1
2 1
22y
h hc c cx x t t c
v t t v c
xOO
c/2
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
IIT-JAM 2015
Q26. A particle with energy E is incident on a potential given by
0
0, 0
, 0
xV x
V x
.
The wave function of the particle for 0VE in the region 0x (in terms of positive
constants BA, and k ) is
(a) kxkx BeAe (b) kxAe (c) ikxikx BeAe (d) Zero
Ans. : (b)
Solution: For 0x ; 22
0 0;2
dV E E V
m d
kx kxBe Ae , where
0
2
2m V Ek
0 as x 0A kxAe
Q27. A system comprises of three electrons. There are three single particle energy levels
accessible to each of these electrons. The number of possible configurations for this
system is
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 7
Ans. : (d)
Solution: For electron spin is1
2. So in one single state two electrons can be adjusted the number
of ways are
Ground First Second
1 2 1 0
2 2 0 1
3 1 2 0
4 1 0 2
5 0 1 2
6 0 2 1
7 1 1 1
So, number of ways are 7.
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
Q28. The variation of binding energy per nucleon with respect to the mass number of nuclei is
shown in the figure.
Consider the following reactions:
(i) 238 20692 82 10 22U Pb P n (ii) 238 206 4
92 82 28 6U Pb He e
Which one of the following statements is true for the given decay modes of U23892 ?
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are allowed (b) Both (i) and (ii) are forbidden
(c) (i) is forbidden and (ii) is allowed (d) (i) is allowed and (ii) is forbidden
Ans. : (c)
Solution: In reaction (i) all conservation laws are valid. In reaction (ii) charge is not conserved.
Q29. A nucleus has a size of m1510 . Consider an electron bound within a nucleus. The
estimated energy of this electron is of the order of
(a) 1 MeV (b) MeV210 (c) MeV410 (d) MeV610
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 34
1915
6.6 106.6 10 / sec
10
hp kgm
2 387
31
44 102.4 10
2 2 9.1 10e
pE Joule
m
712 6
19
2.4 101.5 10 1.5 10
1.6 10E eV eV MeV
0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
3
Number of nucleons in nucleus, A
Ave
rage
bin
ding
ene
rgy
per
nucl
eon
(MeV
)
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Q30. A proton from outer space is moving towards earth with velocity c99.0 as measured in
earth’s frame. A spaceship, traveling parallel to the proton, measures proton’s velocity to
be c97.0 . The approximate velocity of the spaceship in the earth’s frame, is
(a) c2.0 (b) c3.0 (c) c4.0 (d) c5.0
Ans.: (d)
Solution: Velocity of proton w.r.t. spaceship 0.97 c
0.99 , , 0.97x xu c v v u c
2
0.990.97 0.5
0.9711
xx
x
u v c vu c v c
u v vcc
Q31. A particle is moving in a two dimensional potential well
0, 0 , 0 2
,, elsewhere
x L y LV x y
which of the following statements about the ground state energy 1E and ground state
eigenfunction 0 are true?
(a) 2
22
1 mLE
(b)
2 2
1 2
5
8E
mL
(c) 0
2sin sin
2
x y
L L L
(d) L
y
L
x
L 2coscos
20
Ans. : (b) and (c)
Solution: 222 2
2 22 4yx
n
nnE
m L L
Ground state 1, 1x yn n 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 5
2 4 8xEm L L mL
Wave function 2 2 sin sin
2 2
x y
L L L L
Ev
s s0.99p c
0.99p c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Q32. Muons are elementary particles produced in the upper atmosphere. They have a life time
of s2.2 . Consider muons which are traveling vertically towards the earth’s surface at a
speed of c998.0 . For an observer on earth, the height of the atmosphere above the
surface of the earth is km4.10 . Which of the following statements are true?
(a) The muons can never reach earth’s surface
(b) The apparent thickness of earth’s atmosphere in muon’s frame of reference is km96.0
(c) The lifetime of muons in earth’s frame of reference is s8.34
(d) Muons traveling at a speed greater than c998.0 reach the earth’s surface
Ans.: (c) and (d)
Solution: 0
2
21
tt
vc
66
2
2.2 1034.8 10 sec
1 0.998t
Now distance will be 6 834.8 10 0.998 3 10 10.4192t v km
Apparent thickness 6 82.2 10 0.998 3 10 0.658X t v km
Q33. A particle is in a state which is a superposition of the ground state 0 and the first
excited state 1 of a one-dimensional quantum harmonic oscillator. The state is given by
105
2
5
1 . The expectation value of the energy of the particle in this state (in
units of , being the frequency of the oscillator) is…………
Ans. : 1.3
Solution: 1
2nE n
and 1
2 5P
,
3 4
2 5P
1 3 4 131.3
2 5 2 5 10E
Q34. In the hydrogen atom spectrum. the ratio of the longest wavelength in the Lyman series
(final state 1n ) to that in the Balmer series (final State 2n ) is…………..
Ans. : 0.185
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
Solution: According to Bohr Theory 2 2
1 1 1
L f i
Rn n
The longest wavelength in the Lyman series is
2
1 1 1 3 4
1 2 4 3LL
R RR
The longest wavelength in the Balmer series is
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 9 4
2 3 4 9 36B
R R R
1 5 36
36 5BB
RR
4 5 50.185
3 36 27L
B
R
R
Q35. X rays of wavelength 0.24 nm are Compton scattered and the scattered beam is
observed at an angle of o60 relative to the incident beam. The Compton wavelength of
the electron is nm00243.0 . The kinetic energy of scattered elections in eV is……………
Ans. : 25
Solution: 0.24 , 0.00243Cnm and 060
1 cos 1 cosC C
1 10.24 0.00243 1 0.24 0.00243 0.24 0.00121 0.2412
2 2nm
Kinetic Energy of scattered electron
34 89
1 1 1. . 6.6 10 3 10
0.24 0.2412 10
hc hcK E Joules
26 26
209 9
19.8 10 19.8 10. . 4.17 4.15 0.02 396 10
10 10K E Joules
20
19
396 10. . 24.75
1.6 10K E eV eV
3n
2n
1n L
H
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
IIT-JAM 2016
Q36. Consider a free electron e and a photon ph both having 10eV of energy. If and
P represents wavelength and momentum respectively, then
(mass of electron 319.1 10 kg ; speed of light 83 10 /m s )
(a) e ph and e phP P (b) e ph and e phP P
(c) e ph and e phP P (d) e ph and e phP P
Ans. : (c)
Solution: For photon phE
pc
, phh hc
p E
For electron2 2 4
eE m c
pc
,
2 2 4eh hc
p E m c
Q37. A slit has width ‘ d ’ along the x -direction. If a beam of electrons, accelerated in
y -direction to a particular velocity by applying a potential difference of 100 0.1 kV
passes through the slit, then, which of the following statement s is (are) correct?
(a) The uncertainty in the position of the electrons in x -direction before passing the slit is
zero
(b) The momentum of electrons in x - direction is d
immediately after passing the slit
(c) The uncertainty in the position of electrons in y - direction before passing the slit is
zero
(d) The presence of the slit does not affect the uncertainty in momentum of electrons in
y - direction
Ans. : (b) and (d)
Solution: The electrons beam before slit is
collimated in y - direction as shown in
figure. Thus, before slit
yP P and 0xP
yP
xP
x
yd
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
also x as 0xP
Thus options (a) and (c) are not correct.
Now, after the slit xP d as a result xPx d
i.e., xPd
Thus, option (b) is correct.
Whereas presence of slit does not affect the uncertainty in momentum in y - direction.
Thus option (d) is also correct.
Q38. A free particle of energy E collides with a one-dimensional square potential barrier of
height V and width W . Which one of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) For E V , the transmission coefficient for the particle across the barrier will always
be unity
(b) For E V , the transmission coefficient changes more rapidly with W than with V
(c) For E V , if V is doubled, the transmission coefficient will also be doubled.
(d) Sum of the reflection and the transmission coefficients is always one
Ans. : (b) and (d)
Solution: 1R T
2E V E
RE V E
Q39. A particular radioisotope has a half-life of 5 days. In 15 days the probability of decay in
percentage will be…………..
Ans. : 87.5
1/ 2/ 15/5
00 0
1 1
2 2 8
t TN
N N N
In 15 days the probability of decay 0
0
7100 100 87.5%
8
N N
N
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Q40. In photoelectric experiment both sodium (work function 2.3eV ) and tungsten (work
function 4.5eV ) metals were illuminated by an ultraviolet light of same wavelength. If
the stopping potential for tungsten is measured to be1.8V , the value of the stopping
potential for sodium will be………….. V .
Ans. : 4
Solution: For tungsten 1.8 4.5 6.3s t s teV h W h eV W
For sodium 6.3 2.3 4s seV h W eV
Q41. The de Broglie wavelength of a relativistic electron having 1 MeV of energy
is………….. 1210 m . (Take the rest mass energy of the electron to be 0.5 MeV . Plank
constant 346.63 10 Js , speed of light 83 10 /m s , Electronic charge 191.6 10 C )
Ans. : 1.43
Solution: 22 22 02 2 2 2
0 2
1 .25 .75E m c MeVE p c m c p
c cc
As, 34 8 13
13 1213
6.6 10 3 10 19.8 1014.34 10 1.43 10
1.38.75 1.6 10
hm m
p
Q42. X -ray of 20 keV energy is scattered inelastically from a carbon target. The kinetic
energy transferred to the recoiling electron by photons scattered at 090 with respect to the
incident beam is……………. keV .
(Planck constant = 346.6 10 Js, Speed of light = 83 10 / ,m s electron mass =
319.1 10 .kg Electronic charge = 191.6 10 C )
Ans. : 0.77
Solution: 1 cosh
mc '
2
h
mc
'
2
1
hc hc mc
' 2 ' 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
20 .5E E keV MeVE mc E mc
' 19.23E keV
Recoil velocity of electron ' 0.77E E keV
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
IIT-JAM 2017
Q43. Consider an inertial frame S moving at speed 2
c away from another inertial frame S
along the common -x x axis, where c is the speed of light. As observed from S , a
particle is moving with speed 2
c in the y direction, as shown in the figure. The speed of
the particle as seen from S is:
(a) 2
c (b)
2
c (c)
7
4
c (d)
3
5
c
Ans. : (c)
Solution: ˆ2
cv i ' ' '0, , 0
2x y zc
u u u
'
'
2
21
xx
x
u v cu
u v
c
,
2'
2
'
2
11
1 32 4 4
1
y
xx
vu
c ccuu v
c
,
2'
2
'
2
10
1
z
zx
vu
cuu v
c
2 23 7
4 16 4
c c cu
Q44. Consider Rydberg (hydrogen-like) atoms in a highly excited state with n around 300 .
The wavelength of radiation coming out of these atoms for transitions to the adjacent
states lies in the range:
(a) Gamma rays pm (b) UV nm
(c) Infrared m (d) RF m
Ans. : (d)
Solution: 2 2
1 1 1
f i
Rn n
y
S x
y
S x
/ 2c
/ 2c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
where 7 11.097 10R m
299fn and 300in 2 2
2 2
1 i f
i T
n nR
n n
2 22 2
2 22 2
300 2991 1
300 299
i f
i f
n n
R n n R
2 2
7
300 2991
1.097 10 599
7
7
1.34 101.22
1.097 10m
1.22m
This wavelength corresponds to RF Thus correct option is (d)
Q45. A photon of frequency strikes an electron of mass m initially at rest. After scattering
at an angle , the photon loses half of its energy. If the electron recoils at an angle ,
which of the following is (are) true?
(a) 2
cos 1mc
h
(b) 2
sin 1mc
h
(c) The ratio of the magnitudes of momenta of the recoiled electron and scattered photon
is sin
sin
(d) Change in photon wavelength is 1 2cosh
mc
Ans. : (a), (c)
Solution: 1 cos 1 cosh c c h
mc mc
22
1 cos 1 cos cos 1c c h c h mc
mc mc h
From the conservation of momentum in y direction
sinsin sin
sin
h pp
hcc
300n
0E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
Q46. For an atomic nucleus with atomic number Z and mass number A , which of the
following is (are) correct?
(a) Nuclear matter and nuclear charge are distributed identically in the nuclear volume
(b) Nuclei with 83Z and 209A emit - radiation
(c) The surface contribution to the binding energy is proportional to 2/3A
(d) - decay occurs when the proton to neutron ratio is large, but not when it is small
Ans. : (b) and (c)
Solution: From given statement only (b) and (c) are correct.
Q47. Consider a one-dimensional harmonic oscillator of angular frequency . If 5 identical
particles occupy the energy levels of this oscillator at zero temperature, which of the
following statement(s) about their ground state energy 0E is (are) correct?
(a) If the particles are electrons, 0
13
2E
(b) If the particles are protons, 0
25
2E
(c) If the particles are spin-less fermions, 0
25
2E
(d) If the particles are bosons, 0
5
2E
Ans. : (a), (c) and (d)
Solution: If particles are electrons and protons then ground state energy
03 5 13
2 2 12 2 2 2
E
If the particles are spin-less fermions, then energy is
0
3 5 7 9 25
2 2 2 2 2 2E
If the particles are bosons 0
1 55
2 2E
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
Q48. A particle of mass m is placed in a three-dimensional cubic box of side a . What is the
degeneracy of its energy level with energy 2 2
214
2ma
?
(Express your answer as an integer)
Ans. : 6
Solution: 2 2 2 14x y zn n n
1, 2, 3
1, 3, 2
2, 3, 1
2, 3, 1
3, 1, 2
3, 2, 1
x y z
x y z
x y z
x y z
x y z
x y z
n n n
n n n
n n n
n n n
n n n
n n n
So degeneracy is 6
Q49. For a proton to capture an electron to form a neutron and a neutrino (assumed massless),
the electron must have some minimum energy. For such an electron the de-Broglie
wavelength in pictometers is……………
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 1.02
Solution: From conservation of energy
22 2 27 8 131.675 1.673 10 3 10 1.8 10e e e n pE m c K m m c Joules
2 22 2 4e eE pc m c pc 220.6 10 . / seceE
p kg mc
2epc m c
34
1222
6.6 101.1 10 1.1
0.6 10
hm pm
p
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
IIT-JAM 2018
Q50. Let gT and eT be the kinetic energies of the electron in the ground and the third excited
states of a hydrogen atom, respectively. According to the Bohr model, the ratio g
e
T
T is
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 9 (d) 16
Ans. : (d)
Solution: From Bohr model the kinetic energy and Total energy E and kinetic energy T
2
ET where 0
1g
EE , 0
16e
EE
1616 :1
1g g
e e
T E
T F
Q51. The mean momentum p
of a nucleon in a nucleus of mass number A and atomic
number Z depends on ,A Z as
(a) 1
3p A
(b) 1
3p Z
(c)1
3p A
(d) 2
3p AZ
Ans. : (c)
Solution: The radius of a nucleus can be combined as 2
(greater than the wavelength of
electron)
The moment h
p
1/30R R A which implies 1/3
0
hp A
R .
As, 1/ 3p A
Q52. A particle of mass m is in a one dimensional potential 0, 0
, otherwise
x LV x
.
At some instant its wave function is given by 1 2
1 2
33x x i x , where
1 x and 2 x are the ground and the first excited states, respectively. Identify the
correct statement.
(a) 2 2
2
3;
2 2
Lx E
m L
(b)
2 2
2
2;
3 2
Lx E
m L
(c) 2 2
2
8;
2 2
Lx E
m L
(d)
2 2
2
2 4;
3 2 3
Lx E
m L
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
Ans.: (a)
Solution: 0
0 0
0
91 24
3 3 3 31 2 33 3 3
EE E
E E
Where, 2 2
0 22E
mL
2 2 2 2
2 2
3 3
2 2E
mL mL
1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
1 2 2 2
3 3 3 33 3
i iX X X X X
1 2
3 2 3 2
L L
2
L
Q53. A system of 8 non-interacting electrons is confined by a three dimensional potential
2 21
2V r m r . The ground state energy of the system in units of is ______
(Specify your answer as an integer.)
Ans. : 18
Solution: 0n is non degenerate so there will 2 electron in the ground state.
1n is triple degenerate so there is 6 electron in the first excited state
3 5
2 62 2
E
3 15 18
Q54. Rod 1R has a rest length 1m and rod 2R has a rest length of 2m . 1R and 2R are moving
with respect to the laboratory frame with velocities ˆvi and ˆvi , respectively. If 2R has
a length of 1m in the rest frame of 1R , v
c is given by__________
(Specify your answer upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.48
Solution:
vS S
1R
v
v
2R
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
V v , xu v
21
xx
x
u Vu
u V
c
2
2
2
1
v
vc
2
0 21 xu
l lc
2
21 2 1 xu
c
2
2 2 2 2
22
2
41 /1 4 / 3
14 4
1
vv c v c
vcc
2 2
2 2
3 34
4 4
v v
c c
2 2
13 3 12
4 4 52
v v
c c
12
52
v
c 0.479
v
c 0.48 .
Q55. Two events 1E and 2E take place in an inertial frame S with respective time space
coordinates (in SI units): 1 1 10, 0E t r
and 82 2 2 20, 10 , 0, 0zE t x y z . Another
inertial frame S is moving with respect to S with a velocity ˆ0.8v ci
. The time
difference 2 1t t as observed in S is ___________ s .
(Specify your answer in seconds upto two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 0.44
Solution: 2 1 0t t and 82 1 10x x
2 1 2 1
2 1 2 222 21 / 1 /
t t x x vt t
cv c v c
2 1 2
2 21 /
vx x
cv c
2 1 2
2 21 /
vx x
cv c
882
8
0.810 8 10
6 3 101 0.64
cc
80.44sec
18 .
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
IIT-JAM 2019
Q56. A classical particle has total energy E . The plot of
potential energy U as a function of distance r
from the centre of force located at 0r is shown in
the figure. Which of the regions are forbidden for
the particle?
(a) I and II (b) II and IV
(c) I an IV (d) I and III
Ans. : (d)
Solution: In the region I and III potential energy is more than total energy .
Q57. In the thermal neutron induced fission of 235U , the distribution of relative number of the
observed fission fragments (Yield) versus mass number A is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
Q58. For a quantum particle confined inside a cubic box of side L , the ground state energy is
given by 0E . The energy of the first excited state is
(a) 02E (b) 02E (c) 03E (d) 06E
Ans. : (d)
Solution:
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2, , 022x y z
x y zn n n x y z
n n nE n n n E
ma
2 2
2,1,1 1,2,1 1,1,2 02
4 1 16
2E E E E
ma
80 120 160
Yie
ld
A80 120 160
Yie
ld
A80 120 160
Yie
ld
A80 120 160
Yie
ld
A
0 r
IV
III
II
IE
U
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Q59. A -ray photon emitted from a 137 Cs source collides with an electron at rest. If the
Compton shift of the photon is 133.25 10 m , then the scattering angle is closets to
(Planck’s constant 346.626 10 Jsh , electron mass 319.109 10 kgm and velocity
of light in free space 83 10 m/sc )
(a) o45 (b) o60 (c) o30 (d) o90
Ans. : (c)
Solution: .1 cos cos 1 e
e
m ch
m c h
13 31 8
34
3.25 10 9.109 10 3 10 31 0.866
26.6 10
030
Q60. The relation between the nuclear radius R and the mass number A , given
by 1/31.2 fmR A , implies that
(a) The central density of nuclei is independent of A
(b) The volume energy per nucleon is a constant
(c) The attractive part of the nuclear force has a long range
(d) The nuclear force is charge dependent
Ans. : (a), (b), (d)
Q61. An atomic nucleus X with half-life XT decays to a nucleusY , which has half-life YT .
The condition (s) for secular equilibrium is (are)
(a) X YT T (b) X YT T (c) X YT T (d) x YT T
Ans. : (d)
Q62. In a typical human body, the amount of radioactive 40 K is 53.24 10 percent of its mass.
The activity due to 40 K in a human body of mass 70kg is ______ kBq.
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
(Half-life of 40 163.942 10 SK , Avogadro’s number 23 16.022 10 molAN
Ans. : 6.0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
Solution: dN
Ndt
3 5
6
70 100.693 3.24 106.022 10
40 1003.942 10 s
136.0 10 disintegrations / s
136.0 10 Bq
106.0 10 kBq
Q63. A proton is confined within a nucleus of size 1310 cm . The uncertainty in its velocity is
_________ 810 m/s .
(Round off to 2 decimal places)
(Planck’s constant 346.626 10h J and proton mass 271.672 10 kgPm )
Ans. : 0.31
Solution: 4
hp x
4
hv
m x
34
27 15
6.6 10
4 3.14 1.672 10 10
80.31 10 /m s
Q64. Given the wave function of a particle 2sin 0x x x L
L L
and 0 elsewhere
the probability of finding the particle between 0x and 2
Lx is _______.
(Round off to 1 decimal places)
Ans. : 0.5
Solution: 2sin 0x x x L
L L
, / 2 2
0
10
2 2
LLp x dx
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 1
Solid State Physics, Devices and Electronics
IIT-JAM 2005
Q1. A circuit and the signal applied at its input terminals ( iV ) are shown in figure below.
Which one of the options correctly describes the output waveform ( 0V ). (Assume all the
devices used are ideal).
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Its clamper circuit in which peak to peak remains fixed and voltage level will shift in
the direction of diode current.
Q2. The susceptibility of a diamagnetic material is
(a) positive and proportional to temperature
(b) negative and inversely proportional to temperature
(c) negative and independent of temperature
(d) positive and inversely proportional to temperature
Ans. : (b)
D oVC
iVt
2V
2V
0
t
2V
2V
0 t
2V
0
t
4V
0
t
4V-
0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 2
Q3. Which of the following statements is correct for NaCl crystal structure?
(a) It is simple cubic lattice with one atom basis
(b) It is a face-centered cubic lattice with one atom basis
(c) It is a simple cubic lattice with two atom basis
(d) It is a face-centered cubic lattice with two atom basis
Ans. : (d)
IIT-JAM 2006
Q4. In a crystalline solid, the energy band structure ( -E k relation) for an electron of mass m
is given by
m
kkE
2
322
. The effective mass of the electron in the crystal is
(a) m (b) m3
2 (c)
2
m (d) 2m
Ans. : (c)
Solution: The expression of effective mass of electron in solid is 2
2
2*
dkEd
m
2 2 2 2
2
24 3 4
2 2
dE d Ek
dk m dk m m *
2
mm
Q5. The truth table for the given circuit is
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
J
Q
K
J K Q 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1
J K Q 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
0 1 0 1
J K Q 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
0 1 1 0
J K Q 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 1 0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 3
Ans. : (c)
Solution: . .K KQ J K J
Q6. In an intrinsic semiconductor, the free carrier
concentration n (in 3cm ) varies with temperature
T (in Kelvin) as shown in the figure below. The
band gap of the semiconductor is (use Boltzmann
constant 5 18.625 10Bk eVK )
(a) 1.44eV
(b) 0.72eV
(c) 1.38eV
(d) 0.69eV
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Since exp2
gi c v
En n N N
kT
1
2 2 1
1 1exp
2gEn
n k T T
51
2 2 1
1 12 ln 2 8.625 10 36.5 32.5 0.003 0.0002g
nE k
n T T
5 32 8.625 10 4 1 10 0.69gE eV
IIT-JAM 2007
Q7. Fermi energy of a certain metal 1M is 5eV . A second metal 2M has an electron which is
6% higher than that of 1M . Assuming that the free electron theory is valid for both the
metals, the Fermi energy of 2M is closet to
(a) 5.6eV (b) 5.2eV (c) 4.8eV (d) 4.4eV
Ans. : (b)
Solution: The expression of Fermi energy is 3/222
32
nm
EF
Let us consider that 11,EFn is the concentration of electron and Fermi energy in metal M1
and 22 ,EFn is in metal M2.
5.32
5.33
5.34
5.35
5.36
2 3 /1000
nln
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 4
Given, 1112 06.106.0 nnnn
2
1
2 2/322/3 2/32
2/32 12/3 2/32 2/32 1 1
1
31.062
1.06 1.0396
32
F
F
nE n nm
E n nnm
2 11.0396 1.0396 5 5.2F FE E eV eV
Q8.
Fig. (i) Fig. (ii)
Figure (i) and (ii) represent respectively,
(a) NOR, NOR (b) NOR, NAND
(c) NAND, NAND (d) OR, NAND
Ans. : (c)
IIT-JAM 2008
Q9. The ratio of the second-neighbour distance to the nearest-neighbour distance in an fcc
lattice is
(a) 22 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 2
Ans. : (d)
Solution: In FCC lattice the first nearest is at distance 2 / 2 / 2a a
Whereas the second nearest at distance of a
The ratio of the second-neighbour distance to the nearest-neighbour distance is
22/
a
a
Q10. Consider a doped semiconductor having the electron and the hole mobilities n and p ,
respectively. Its intrinsic carrier density is in . The hole concentration p for which the
conductivity is minimum at a given temperature is
(a) p
nin
(b) n
pin
(c) n
pin
(d) p
nin
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 5
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 2
Conductivity in p n p
ne n p e p
p
For minimum conductivity, 0 /i n pd
p ndp
Q11. The logic expression for the output Y of the following circuit is
(a) SQRQP (b) SQRQP
(c) SQRQP (d) SQRQP
Ans. : (a)
Solution:
P
Q
R
S
Y
P QP
Q
R
S
Y
QR
P Q QR
P Q QR S
P Q QR S
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 6
IIT-JAM 2009
Q12. Monochromatic X -rays of wavelength 0
1A are incident on a simple cubic crystal. The
first order Bragg reflection from 311 plane occurs at angle of 030 from the plane. The
lattice parameter of the crystal in 0
A is
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 2
11 (d) 11
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Expression of Bragg´s law is nd sin2 ,
where, d is the inter-planar spacing defined for cubic lattice of lattice constant a in term
of Miller indices h k l as 222 lkh
ad
The lattice parameter a is
11112/12
1113
30sin2
1
sin2222
0222
lkha
Q13. Which one of the following is an INCORRECT Boolean expression?
(a) QPQQP (b) PQPQP
(c) QQPP (d) QRQPRQPRQPRQP
Ans. : (c)
Solution: (a) 1.PQ PQ P P Q Q Q
(b) P Q P Q P QQ P
(c) 1P P Q P PQ P Q P
(d) PQR PQR PQR PQR PQ R R PQ R R PQ PQ P P Q Q
Q14. A battery with a constant emf and internal resistance ir provides power to an external
circuit with a load resistance made up by combining resistance LR and 2 LR in parallel.
For what value of LR will the power delivered to the load be maximum?
(a) 4i
L
rR (b)
2i
L
rR (c) iL rR
3
2 (d) iL rR
2
3
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 7
Ans. : (d)
Solution: Since LR and 2 LR are in parallel so load2 2
2 3L L
LL L
R RR R
R R
.
Power through load
2
2
i
P I R Rr R
For maximum power through load
2 2 2
4
20 0 2 0i i
i i
i
r R R r RdPr R R R r
dR r R
Thus 2 3
3 2i L i L iR r R r R r
IIT-JAM 2010
Q15. The following are the plots of the temperature dependence of the magnetic susceptibility
for three different samples.
The plots ,a b and c correspond to
(a) ferromagnet, paramagnet and diamagnet, respectively
(b) paramagnet, diamagnet and ferromagnet, respectively
(c) ferromagnet, diamagnet and paramagnet, respectively
(d) diamagnet, paramagnet and ferromagnet, respectively
Ans. : (b)
Q16. The value of at which the first-order peak in X -ray (0
1.53A ) diffraction
corresponding to 111 plane of a simple cubic structure with the lattice constant,
0
2.65A , is approximately
(a) 015 (b) 030 (c) 045 (d) 060
)(T
T0
a c)(T
T0
b)(T
T0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 8
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Expression of Bragg´s law is, nd sin2
where, d is the inter-planar spacing defined for cubic lattice of lattice constant a in term
of Miller indices (h k l) as 222 lkh
ad
2
13
65.22
53.1
22sin 222
lkh
ad
1 01sin 30
2
Q17. Consider the following truth table
The logic expression for F is
(a) AB BC CA
(b) CBCABA
(c) BABAC
(d) BABAC
Ans. : (d)
Solution: F AB C A B
A B C F
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
C
BA
BA
AB
BA
00
01
11
10
1 0C
1
11
1
AB
AC
BC
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 9
IIT-JAM 2011
Q18. An X - ray diffraction XRD experiment is carried out on a crystalline solid having
FCC structure at room temperature. The solid undergoes a phase transformation on
cooling to 020 C and shows orthorhombic structure with small decrease in its unit cell
lengths as compared to the FCC unit cell lengths. As a result the 311 line of the XRD
pattern corresponding to the FCC system
(a) will split into a doublet
(b) will split into a triplet
(c) will remain unchanged
(d) will split into two separate doublets
Ans. : (b)
Solution: In FCC the inter-planar spacing is defined as 222 lkh
ad
whereas in Orthorhombic the inter-planar spacing is
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
c
l
b
k
a
hd
For 311 , numbers XRD peaks in FCC is derived from Bragg’s law as
112
113222
sin 222222
aalkh
ad
Thus only one peak appears in FCC.
In Orthorhombic,
2
2
2
2
2
2
22
sin
c
l
b
k
a
hd
For 311 , there will be three peaks corresponding to
1 1 11 2 32 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
sin , sin sin3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3
2 2 2
and
a b c a b c a b c
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 10
Q19. Which of the following circuit does not satisfy the Boolean expression FBABA
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (d)
Solution: (a) F AB AB
(b) . .F A B AB A B A B AB AB
(c) .F A B A B AB AB
(d) F AB AB
IIT-JAM 2012
Q20. An X -ray beam of wavelength 0
1.54 A is diffracted from the 110 planes of a solid with
a cubic lattice of lattice constant 0
3.08A . The first-order Bragg diffraction occurs at
(a)
4
1sin 1 (b)
22
1sin 1 (c)
2
1sin 1 (d)
2
1sin 1
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Expression of Bragg´s law is nd sin2
where, d is the inter-planar spacing defined for cubic lattice of lattice constant a in term
of Miller indices ( h k l ) as 222 lkh
ad
22
12
08.32
54.1
22sin 222
lkh
ad
1 1sin
2 2
F
F
F
F
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 11
Q21. The Boolean expression QPP , where P and Q are the inputs to a circuit, represents
the following logic gate
(a) AND (b) NAND (c) NOT (d) OR
Ans. : (d)
Solution:
P Q PQ P PQ
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
IIT-JAM 2013
Q22. The fraction of volume unoccupied in the unit cell of the body centered cubic lattice is
(a) 8
38 (b)
8
3 (c)
6
26 (d)
23
Ans. : (a)
Solution: The effective number of atoms in bcc structure is
2102
18
8
1
2
1
8
1 ifceff nnnn
The radius of atom and lattice constant are related as
4
3ar
The volume occupide by the atoms in unit cell is
3
34 3 32
3 4 8
aa
Thus amount of volume unoccupied in the unit cell is
3 3 33 8 3volume of unit cell filled volume
8 8a a a
a
a
a
G
FE
D C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 12
Thus, the fraction of volume unoccupied in the unit cell of the body centered cubic lattice
is
8
38
Q23. For an ideal op-amp circuit given below, the dc gain
and the cut off frequency respectively are
(a) 1 and 1kHz
(b) 1 and 100 Hz
(c) 11 and 1kHz
(d) 11 and 100 Hz
Ans. : (b)
Solution: DC Gain10
1 111
and 1
2Hf RC
11
12 1
2
kHz
Q24. A variable power supply 5 20V V is connected to a Zener diode specified by a
breakdown voltage of 10V (see figure). The ratio of the maximum power to the minimum
power dissipated across the load resistor is
Ans. : 9.02
Solution: When VV 5 open circuit voltage VVV Zi 1033.351500
1000
VVV iL 33.3L
iL R
VP
2
min, .
When VV 20 open circuit voltage VVV Zi 1033.13201500
1000
VVV zL 10L
ZL R
VP
2
max, 22
,max2
,min
109.02
3.33L Z
L i
P V
P V
k10k1
k1
F2
1
500
VV 205 k1
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 13
IIT-JAM 2014
Q25. Octal equivalent of decimal number 10478 is
(a) 8736 (b) 8673 (c) 8637 (d) 8367
Ans. : (a)
Solution: 2 1 08 10736 7 8 3 8 6 8 448 24 6 478
2 1 08 10673 6 8 7 8 3 8 384 56 3 443
2 1 08 10637 6 8 3 8 7 8 384 24 7 415
2 1 08 10367 3 8 6 8 7 8 192 48 7 247
Q26. In an ideal operational amplifier depicted below, the potential at node A is
(a) 1V (b) 0V (c) 5V (d) 25V
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Node A is virtually grounded.
Q27. To operate a npn transistor in active region, its emitter-base and collector- base junction
respectively, should be
(a) forward biased and reversed biased (b) forward biased and forward biased
(c) reversed biased and forward biased (d) reversed biased and reversed biased
Ans. : (a)
Solution: In active region: emitter-base junction is F.B.
: collector-base junction is R.B.
k 5
V 5
IV
A
_k 25
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 14
Q28. Diamond lattice can be considered as a combination of two fcc lattice displaced along the
body diagonal by one quarter of its length. There are eight atoms per unit cell. The
packing fraction of the diamond structure is
(a) 0.48 (b) 0.74 (c) 0.34 (d) 0.68
Ans. : (c)
Solution:
343effn r
P FV
Where, 3 3 88, and 2
4 3eff
a rn V a r a
3
3
48 33 0.34
168
3
rP F
r
.
Q29. Thermal neutrons (energy 300 , 0.025Bk eV ) are sometimes used for structural
determination of materials. The typical lattice spacing of a material for which these can
be used is
(a) 0.01nm (b) 0.05nm (c) 0.1 nm (d) 0.15nm
Ans. : (c)
Q30. A sine wave of 5V amplitude is applied at the input of the
circuit shown in the figure. Which of the following
waveforms represents the output most closely?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (d)
Solution: If 3inV V , diode is OFF and 0 inV V .
If 3inV V , diode is ON and 0 3V V .
inV outVk1
V3 5V
-3V
3V
-5V
5V
-5V
3V
-3V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 15
Q31. 1011 binary input have been applied at 0123 XXXX input in the shown logic circuit made
of XOR gates. The binary output 0123 YYYY of the circuit will be
(a) 1101 (b) 1010 (c) 1111 (d) 0101
Ans. : (a)
Solution:
IIT-JAM 2015
Q32. Temperature dependence of resistivity of a metal can be described by
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
3X
2X
1X
0X
3Y
2Y
1Y
0Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
0Y
2X
1X
0X
3X1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 16
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Electrical resistivity of metal varies as
5T (For DT )
T (For DT )
where D is the Debye temperature. Thus, correct answer is option (a)
Q33. A Zener regulator has an input voltage in the range VV 2015 and a load current in the
range of 5 20mA mA . If the Zener voltage is V8.6 , the value of the series resistor
should be
(a) 390 (b) 420 (c) 440 (d) 460
Ans. : Some data is missing. (No answer is possible)
Q34. Which of the following circuits represent the Boolean expression
PQQRPS
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
SR0V
V2015
V8.6
PQ S
P
QS
PQ
SR
PQ
SR
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 17
Ans. : (b)
Solution: S P QR QP P QR QP P QR QP PQ
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Q35. Miller indicates of a plane in cubic structure that contains all the directions 011,100
and 111 are
(a) 011 (b) 101 (c) 100 (d) 110
Ans. : (a)
Solution: The name of the plane containing all the directions
100 , 011 & 111 is 011 or 011
The best suitable answer is option (a)
Q36. In an ideal Op-Amp circuit shown below 1 23 , 1R k R k and 0.5siniV t
(in Volt). Which of the following statements are true?
(a) The current through 1R The current through 2R
(b) The potential at P is 1
20 R
RV
(c) The amplitude of 0V is V2
(d) The output voltage 0V is in phase with iV
Ans. : (a), (c) and (d)
P
QS PQ
PQ S PQ P Q
PQ
SR
P Q
R
P Q R PQ
R
PQ
SR
PQR
011
y 111
100
x
z
P
iV
1R
0V
2R
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 18
Solution: Voltage at P is 0 2
1 2P
V RV
R R
.
Current through 1R is
0 2
0 1 01 21
1 1 1 1 2 1 2
oo P
V RV
V V V R VR RI
R R R R R R R
and Current through 2R is
02
2 1 2
P VVI
R R R
.
Thus 1 2I I . Option (a) is true
The potential at P is 0 2
1 2P
V RV
R R
. Option (b) is not true.
20
1
31 1 0.5sin 2sin
1i
RV V t t
R
2mV V . Option (c) is true
Option (d) is true
Q37. In the given circuit 10CCV V and 100 for npn transistor. The collector voltage
CV (in volts) is………….
Ans. : 5.7
Solution: 53
5 0.74.3 10 4.3
100 10B C BI A I I mA
10 4.3 5.7C CC C CV V I R V
Q38. A diode at room temperature eVkT 025.0 with a current of A1 has a forward bias
voltage VVF 4.0 . For VVF 5.0 , the value of the diode current (in A ) is…………..
Ans. : 54.5
K100
K1
CCV
CV
V5
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 19
Solution:
2
1
/ 0.5/ 0.025 20
/ 20 20.4 / 0.025 16/
1
1 1 11 54.5 54.5
1 11
T
T
T
V V
V V
V V
e e eII I e I A
I e ee
Q39. GaAs has a diamond structure. The number of Ga-As bonds per atom which have to be
broken to fracture the crystal in the 001 plane is………..
Ans. : 4
Solution: Diamond structure has tetrahedral bond. To fracture the diamond structure along
0 0 1 plane, four bonds need to be broken.
IIT-JAM 2016
Q40. The solution of the Boolean equation Y A B AB is
(a) 1 (b) AB (c) A B (d) A B
Ans. : (b) and (d) both are correct
Solution: . 1Y A B AB A B A B A B B A B or AB
Q41. If a constant voltage V is applied to the input of the following OPAMP circuit for a
time t , then the output voltage 0V will approach
(a) V exponentially (b) V exponentially
(c) V linearly (d) V linearly
Ans. : (d)
Solution: R CI I 000 d VVC
R dt
0
0
dV V VV t c
dt RC RC
VR
C
oV
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 20
Q42. A pn junction was formed with a heavily doped 18 310 cm p -region and lightly doped
14 310 cm n - region. Which of the following statement s is (are) correct?
(a) The width of the depletion layer will be more in the n - side of the junction
(b) The width of the depletion layer will be more in the p - side of the junction
(c) The width of the depletion layer will be same on the both side of the junction
(d) If the pn junction is reverse biased, then the width of the depletion region increase
Ans. : (a), (d)
Solution: Since p - region is heavily doped and n - region is lightly doped, on n - side width of
depletion layer will be more and on p - side width of the depletion layer will be less.
Q43. The addition of two binary numbers 1000.01 and 0001.11 in binary representation
is………….
Ans. : 1010
Solution: 1000.01
0001.11
1001.00
Q44. The number of second-nearest neighbor ions to a +Na ion in NaCl crystal is__________.
Ans. : 12
Solution: The 2nd nearest neighbour is at distance 2
2 2
a a
The number of 2nd nearest neighbour 3 8
122
Q45. The output voltage 0V of the OPAMP circuit given below is……………..V
1V
R
2R
oV
2V
3V
R
R
R
Cl
Na
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 21
Ans. : 6
Solution: 0 1 1
21 3
RV V V
R
Where, 1
/ 2 / 2 / 21 2 3
/ 2 / 2 / 2
R R RV
R R R R R R
1
1 1 11 2 3 2
3 3 3V V 0 6V V
Q46. In the circuit given below, the collector to emitter voltage CEV is……………V .
(Neglect BEV , take 100 )
Ans. : 2.5
Solution: 5
10 55 5BV V
5E B BEV V V V 5
0.510
EE
E
VI mA
R
10 0.5 5 10 2.5CE CC C C EV V I R R V
Q47. X -ray diffraction of a cubic crystal gives an intensity maximum for Bragg angle 020
corresponding to the 110 plane. The lattice parameter of the crystal is………….. nm .
(Consider wavelength of 0.15X ray nm )
Ans. : 0.31 Solution: According to Bragg’s law 2 sind n
For 1n , 9 9
0
0.5 10 0.15 102 sin 0.219
2sin 2 sin 20 2 0.342d d d nm
Now, 2 2 2 2
a ad
h k l
2 0.31 0.31a d nm a nm
CEV
5k
10CCV V
10 k
5k
5k
1V
R
2R
2V
3V
R
R
R
0V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 22
IIT-JAM 2017
Q48. Consider the following circuit with two identical Si diodes. The input ac voltage
waveform has the peak voltage 2 ,PV V as shown
The voltage waveform across PQ will be represented by:
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (c)
Solution:
During positive half cycle 1D is ON, when input is more than 0.7V and 1D is OFF when
input is less than 0.7V.
During negative half cycle 1D is ON, when input is more negative than 0.7 IR and
1D is OFF when input is less negative than 0.7 IR .
Q49. If the Boolean function Z PQ PQR PQRS PQRST PQRSTU , then Z is
(a) PQ R S T U (b) PQ
(c) P Q (d) P Q R S T U
PQV
t
PQV
t
PQV
t
PQV
t
inV
2V
t
R
RQ
P
1D 2D
inV
2V
t
R
RQ
P
1D2D
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 23
Ans. : (c)
Solution: Z PQ PQR PQRS PQRST PQRSTU
1PQ PQR PQRS PQRST U PQ PQR PQRS PQRST
1PQ PQR PQRS T PQ PQR PQRS
1PQ PQR S PQ PQR 1PQ R PQ Z PQ P Q
Q50. Shown in the figure is a combination of logic gates. The output values at P and Q are
correctly represented by which of the following?
(a) 0 0 (b) 11 (c) 0 1 (d) 1 0
Ans. : (c)
Solution:
Q51. A plane in a cubic lattice makes intercepts of ,2
aa and
2
3
a with the three
crystallographic axes, respectively. The Miller indices for this plane are:
(a) 2 43 (b) 34 2 (c) 634 (d) 123
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Intercepts: a , 2
a,
2
3
a
Divide by a : 1, 1
2,
2
3
Reciprocal: 1, 2 , 3
2
LCM: 2 , 4 , 3
Miller Indices = 2 4 3
1
0Q
P
0
1
Q
P 0
10
1
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 24
Q52. Which one of the following schematic curves best represents the variation of conductivity
of a metal with temperature T ?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Resistivity of metal is 0 ph , where 0 is temperature independent
And, 5ph T when DT and ph T when DT
The conductivity is defined as 1
Thus correct option is (b)
Q53. KCl has the NaCl type structure which is fcc with two-atom basis, one at 0,0,0 and
the other at 1/ 2,1/ 2,1/ 2 . Assume that the atomic form factors of K and Cl are
identical. In an X - ray diffraction experiment on KCl , which of the following h k l
peaks will be observed? (a) 100 (b) 110 (c) 111 (d) 200
Ans. : (d)
Solution In KCl the reflection from 111 layer containing K ions is exactly out of phase with
the reflection from the Cl close packed layers. The net effect is that the two reflections
cancel and 111 is absent. This mean the first reflection is from 200
0 T
0 T
0 T
0 T
S
T
0 T
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 25
Q54. An n p n transistor is connected in a circuit as shown
in the figure. If 1 , 50, 0.7C BEI mA V V and the
current through 2R is 10 BI where, BI is the base current.
Then the ratio 1 2/R R is:
(a) 0.375
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.5
(d) 0.275
Ans. : (b)
Solution: 1 2 2 10i BI I I I I , 1 , 50, 0.7C BEI mA V V
2 2 0.7 0.5 1.2B BE E EV I R V I R V
2
2
1.2 1.2 1.26
10 10 1/ 50B
V V VR k
I I
21
1 2 1
6 61.2 24
6CC
B
V RV R k
R R R
2
1
60.25
24
R
R
Q55. An intrinsic semiconductor of band gap 1.25eV has an electron concentration 10 310 cm
at 300 K . Assume that its band gap is independent of temperature and that the electron
concentration depends only exponentially on the temperature. If the electron
concentration at 200 K is 310 1 10; integerNY cm Y N , then the value of N
is…………
Ans. : 4
Solution: / 2gE kT
i c vn N N e1
2
/ 2 10 31
/ 22 2
10 1 1exp
2 300 200
g
g
E kTgi
E kTi i
En e cm
n n ke
1R
2R 0.5k0.5EV V
3CEV VCV
2.5k
6V6V
1I
2I
iI
B
E
C
1R
2R 0.5k0.5EV V
3CEV VCV
2.5k
6V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 26
1910 10 10 6
2 23
1 1 1.25 1.6 10 110 exp 10 exp 10 5.7 10
2 300 200 2 1.38 10 100 6g
i
En
k
4 3
2 5.7 10in cm 4N
Q56. An OPAMP is connected in a circuit with a Zener diode as shown in the figure. The value
of resistance R in k for obtaining a regulated output 0 9V V is…………..
(Specify your answer to two digits after the decimal point)
Ans. : 1.09
Solution: 0
11 4.7 9 1.09V V R k
R
IIT-JAM 2018
Q57. Which one of the following graphs shows the correct
variation of 0V with iV ? Here, dV is the voltage drop across
the diode and the OP-Amp is assumed to be ideal.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
Solution: During positive half cycle it behaves as voltage follower i.e. 0 iv v , during negative
half cycle 0 0v .
R
1k12inV V 4.7ZV V
oV
1k
iV dV0V
LR
0 iV
0V
0 iV
0V
dV
iV
0V
dV0
0V
iV0
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 27
Q58. The Boolean expression AB A B A B can be simplified to
(a) A B (b) AB (c) A B (d) AB
Ans.: (c)
Solution: Y AB AB A B AB AB AB
A B AB AB AB AB AB A B
Q59. In a pn junction, dopant concentration on the p -side is higher than that on the n -side.
Which of the following statements is (are) correct, when the junction is unbiased?
(a) The width of the depletion layer is larger on the n -side.
(b) At thermal equilibrium the Fermi energy is higher on the p -side.
(c) In the depletion region, number of negative charges per unit area on the p -side is
equal to number of positive charges per unit area on the n -side
(d) The value of the built-in potential barrier depends on the dopant concentration.
Ans. : (a), (c) and (d)
Q60. Which of the combinations of crystal structure and their coordination number is (are)
correct?
(a) body centered cubic 8 (b) face centred cubic 6
(c) diamond 4 (d) hexagonal closed packed 12
Ans. : (a), (c), (d)
Solution: Co-ordination number in different crystal structure are
(i) Body central cubic 8
(ii) Face central cubic 12
(iii) Diamond 4
(iv) Hexagonal closed packed 12
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 28
Q61. For the given circuit, value of the base current bI of the npn transistor will be ____mA.
( is the current gain and assume Op-Amp as ideal.)
(Specific your answer in mA upto two digits after the decimal point.)
Ans. : 0.1
Solution: 2 5 Ev V V
55
1EI mA
55 0.1
50B BI mA I mA mA
Q62. The lattice constant of unit cell of NaCl crystal is 0.563 nm . X -rays of wavelength
0.141 nm are diffracted by this crystal. The angle at which the first order maximum
occurs is _______degrees.
Ans. : 12.5
Solution: 2 sind
1 1 3sin sin
2 2d a
1 1 03 0.141sin sin 0.217 12.53
2 0.563
bI1k
10V
50
1k
5V
1k
bI
10V
50
1k
5V1v
2v
E
EI
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 29
Q63. For the following circuit, the collector voltage with respect to ground will be _________
V . (Emitter diode voltage is 0.7V and DC of the transistor is large)
(Specify your answer in volts upto one digit after the decimal point).
Ans. : 3.1
Solution: 0.7BEV V and largedc so 0BI
From input section;
0 0.7 1 3 0EI
2.3EI mA
From output section;
10 3 2.3 0CV
10 6.9 3.1CV V
Q64. In the following circuit, the time constant RC is much greater than the period of the
input signal. Assume diode as ideal and resistance R to be large. The dc output voltage
across resistance R will be ____________ V .
(Specify your answer in volts upto one digit after the decimal point)
Ans. : 68
Solution: It’s a voltage doubler circuit
2 2 2 2 2 24R m rmsV V V 68RV V
10V
1k
3k
3V
3k
24 rmsV
C
CR
0BI
10V
1k
3k
3V
3k
B
E
C
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 30
Q65. For a metal, the electron density is 28 36.4 10 m . The Fermi energy is __________ eV .
( 34 31 196.626 10 , 9.11 10 , 1 1.6 10eh J s m kg eV J )
(Specify your answer in electron volts eV upto one digit after the decimal point)
Ans. : 5.84
Solution: 2342
2/3 2/32 2 2831
1.05 103 3 6.4 10
2 2 9.11 10FE nm
39 20 196.1 10 1.53 10 9.34 10 J
19
19
9.34 105.84
1.6 10eV eV
.
IIT-JAM 2019
Q66. Which one of the following crystallographic planes represent 101 Miller indices of a
cubic unit cell?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Plane intercepts
: : : : : : : :1 0 1
a b c a b cx y z a c
h k l
, ,x a y z c
Plane is parallel to y - axis and intersecting x and z - axis at a and c . Thus, option (b)
is correct.
xm
z
x
y
z z
x
y
x
y
z
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 31
Q67. For using a transistor as an amplifier, choose the correct option regarding the resistances
of base-emitter BER and base-collector BCR junctions
(a) Both BER and BCR are very low (b) Very low BER and very high BCR
(c) Very high BER and very low BCR (d) Both BER and BCR are very high
Ans. : (b)
Q68. The output of following logic circuit can be simplified to
(a) X YZ (b) Y XZ (c) XYZ (d) X Y Z
Ans. : (b)
Solution: Output XY X Y Z Y Y Z XY XY XZ Y YZ
1XY XZ Y Y X XZ Y XZ
Q69. For a forward biased p-n junction diode, which one of the following energy-band
diagrams is correct ( F is the Fermi energy)
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. : (a)
Y
Z
X
Electron Energy
Conduction Band-typen-typep
F p
Valence Band
F n ElectronEnergy
Conduction Band-typen-typep
Valence Band
F
Electron Energy
Conduction Band-typen-typep
Valence Band
F n F p
ElectronEnergy
Conduction Band-typen-typep
Valence Band F n
F p
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 32
Q70. The location of Cs and Cl ions inside the unit cell of cacl crystal is shown in the
figure. The Bravais lattice of CaCl is
(a) Simple cubic (b) Body centred orthorhomble
(c) Face centred cubic (d) Base centred orthorhombic
Ans. : (a)
Solution: Cesium-Chloride is made of two interpenetrating simple cubic lattices are displaced
diagonally by half of the diagonal length. Thus, Bravais lattice of CsCl is simple cubic.
The correct option is (a).
Q71. In the X -ray diffraction pattern recorded for a simple cubic solid (lattice) parameter
o1a A ) using X -rays of wavelength
o1A , the first order diffraction peak(s) would
appear for the
(a) 100 planes (b) 112 planes (c) 210 planes (d) 220 planes
Ans. : (a)
Solution: In simple cubic cell, planes are present. The first order diffraction peak would appear
for the first plane 100 .
Q72. Sodium Na exhibits body-centred cubic (BCC) crystal structure with atomic radius
0.186 nm . The lattice parameter of Na unit cell is______ nm .
Ans. : 0.43
Solution: For BCC, 3 4a r
4 4 0.186
0.433 3
ra a nm
a
a
ay
z
x
Cl
Cs
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 33
Q73. For the input voltage 1 200 sin 400V mV t , the amplitude of the output voltage 0V of
the given OPAMP circuit is __________V . (Round off to 2 decimal places)
Ans. : 11.03
Solution: 01
351 4 5 200 sin 400
10 iv v mV t
02
354 5 200 sin 400
10v mV t
0
35 354 5 200 sin 400
10 10v mV t
3.5 3.5 4.5 200 11.03mV mV Volts
Q74. The value of emitter current in the given circuit is _______ A .
(Round off to 1 decimal places)
Ans. : 444.9
Solution: 1
CC BEB
B E
V VI
R R
0V
fR
35k
10k10k
10k
1R2R
3R
iV
fRfR
35k35k
2 M 4kC
100
E
EC2k
B
10CCV V
0.3V
fiziks Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT‐JAM, M.Sc. Entrance, JEST, TIFR and GRE in Physics
H.No. 40-D, Ground Floor, Jia Sarai, Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com | Email: [email protected] 34
6 3
10 0 3
2 10 101 2 10BI
6
9.7
2.202 10A
1E BI I 9.7
1012.202
A 444.9 A
Q75. The Zener current zI for the given circuit is ______ mA .
Ans. : 1
Solution: Open circuit voltage 20 2
40 40 26.720 10 3i
kV V Volts
k k
i ZV V , Zener “ON”
20
120
ZL
L
VI mA
R and
40 202
10RI mA
1Z R LI I I mA
Q76. The decimal equivalent of the binary number 110.101 is _______.
Ans. : 6.625
Solution: 2 1 0 1 2 3110 101 1 1 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 1 2
1 14 2 0 0
2 8
6 0.5 0 0.125 6.625
10R k ZI
LV
RV
Vin
= 4
0 V
VZ =
20
V
RL =
20
k